Details | Last modification | View Log | RSS feed
| Rev | Author | Line No. | Line |
|---|---|---|---|
| 2 | mjames | 1 | /** |
| 2 | ****************************************************************************** |
||
| 3 | * @file stm32l1xx_hal_tim.c |
||
| 4 | * @author MCD Application Team |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5 | * @brief TIM HAL module driver. |
| 2 | mjames | 6 | * This file provides firmware functions to manage the following |
| 7 | * functionalities of the Timer (TIM) peripheral: |
||
| 28 | mjames | 8 | * + TIM Time Base Initialization |
| 9 | * + TIM Time Base Start |
||
| 10 | * + TIM Time Base Start Interruption |
||
| 11 | * + TIM Time Base Start DMA |
||
| 12 | * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Initialization |
||
| 13 | * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Channel Configuration |
||
| 14 | * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start |
||
| 15 | * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start Interruption |
||
| 16 | * + TIM Output Compare/PWM Start DMA |
||
| 17 | * + TIM Input Capture Initialization |
||
| 18 | * + TIM Input Capture Channel Configuration |
||
| 19 | * + TIM Input Capture Start |
||
| 20 | * + TIM Input Capture Start Interruption |
||
| 21 | * + TIM Input Capture Start DMA |
||
| 22 | * + TIM One Pulse Initialization |
||
| 23 | * + TIM One Pulse Channel Configuration |
||
| 24 | * + TIM One Pulse Start |
||
| 25 | * + TIM Encoder Interface Initialization |
||
| 26 | * + TIM Encoder Interface Start |
||
| 27 | * + TIM Encoder Interface Start Interruption |
||
| 28 | * + TIM Encoder Interface Start DMA |
||
| 2 | mjames | 29 | * + Commutation Event configuration with Interruption and DMA |
| 28 | mjames | 30 | * + TIM OCRef clear configuration |
| 31 | * + TIM External Clock configuration |
||
| 2 | mjames | 32 | @verbatim |
| 33 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 34 | ##### TIMER Generic features ##### |
||
| 35 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 36 | [..] The Timer features include: |
||
| 37 | (#) 16-bit up, down, up/down auto-reload counter. |
||
| 38 | (#) 16-bit programmable prescaler allowing dividing (also on the fly) the |
||
| 39 | counter clock frequency either by any factor between 1 and 65536. |
||
| 40 | (#) Up to 4 independent channels for: |
||
| 41 | (++) Input Capture |
||
| 42 | (++) Output Compare |
||
| 43 | (++) PWM generation (Edge and Center-aligned Mode) |
||
| 44 | (++) One-pulse mode output |
||
| 45 | (#) Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to interconnect |
||
| 28 | mjames | 46 | several timers together. |
| 47 | (#) Supports incremental encoder for positioning purposes |
||
| 2 | mjames | 48 | |
| 49 | ##### How to use this driver ##### |
||
| 28 | mjames | 50 | ============================================================================== |
| 2 | mjames | 51 | [..] |
| 52 | (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources by implementing the following functions |
||
| 28 | mjames | 53 | depending on the selected feature: |
| 2 | mjames | 54 | (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit() |
| 55 | (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit() |
||
| 56 | (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit() |
||
| 57 | (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit() |
||
| 58 | (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit() |
||
| 59 | (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit() |
||
| 60 | |||
| 61 | (#) Initialize the TIM low level resources : |
||
| 62 | (##) Enable the TIM interface clock using __HAL_RCC_TIMx_CLK_ENABLE(); |
||
| 63 | (##) TIM pins configuration |
||
| 64 | (+++) Enable the clock for the TIM GPIOs using the following function: |
||
| 65 | __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE(); |
||
| 66 | (+++) Configure these TIM pins in Alternate function mode using HAL_GPIO_Init(); |
||
| 67 | |||
| 68 | (#) The external Clock can be configured, if needed (the default clock is the |
||
| 69 | internal clock from the APBx), using the following function: |
||
| 70 | HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource, the clock configuration should be done before |
||
| 71 | any start function. |
||
| 72 | |||
| 73 | (#) Configure the TIM in the desired functioning mode using one of the |
||
| 74 | Initialization function of this driver: |
||
| 75 | (++) HAL_TIM_Base_Init: to use the Timer to generate a simple time base |
||
| 76 | (++) HAL_TIM_OC_Init and HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate an |
||
| 77 | Output Compare signal. |
||
| 78 | (++) HAL_TIM_PWM_Init and HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to generate a |
||
| 79 | PWM signal. |
||
| 80 | (++) HAL_TIM_IC_Init and HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer to measure an |
||
| 81 | external signal. |
||
| 82 | (++) HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init and HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel: to use the Timer |
||
| 83 | in One Pulse Mode. |
||
| 84 | (++) HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init: to use the Timer Encoder Interface. |
||
| 85 | |||
| 86 | (#) Activate the TIM peripheral using one of the start functions depending from the feature used: |
||
| 87 | (++) Time Base : HAL_TIM_Base_Start(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT() |
||
| 88 | (++) Input Capture : HAL_TIM_IC_Start(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT() |
||
| 89 | (++) Output Compare : HAL_TIM_OC_Start(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT() |
||
| 90 | (++) PWM generation : HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT() |
||
| 91 | (++) One-pulse mode output : HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(), HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT() |
||
| 92 | (++) Encoder mode output : HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(), HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(). |
||
| 93 | |||
| 94 | (#) The DMA Burst is managed with the two following functions: |
||
| 95 | HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart() |
||
| 96 | HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart() |
||
| 97 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 98 | *** Callback registration *** |
| 99 | ============================================= |
||
| 100 | |||
| 101 | [..] |
||
| 102 | The compilation define USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS when set to 1 |
||
| 103 | allows the user to configure dynamically the driver callbacks. |
||
| 104 | |||
| 105 | [..] |
||
| 106 | Use Function @ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() to register a callback. |
||
| 107 | @ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, |
||
| 108 | the Callback ID and a pointer to the user callback function. |
||
| 109 | |||
| 110 | [..] |
||
| 111 | Use function @ref HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback() to reset a callback to the default |
||
| 112 | weak function. |
||
| 113 | @ref HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback takes as parameters the HAL peripheral handle, |
||
| 114 | and the Callback ID. |
||
| 115 | |||
| 116 | [..] |
||
| 117 | These functions allow to register/unregister following callbacks: |
||
| 118 | (+) Base_MspInitCallback : TIM Base Msp Init Callback. |
||
| 119 | (+) Base_MspDeInitCallback : TIM Base Msp DeInit Callback. |
||
| 120 | (+) IC_MspInitCallback : TIM IC Msp Init Callback. |
||
| 121 | (+) IC_MspDeInitCallback : TIM IC Msp DeInit Callback. |
||
| 122 | (+) OC_MspInitCallback : TIM OC Msp Init Callback. |
||
| 123 | (+) OC_MspDeInitCallback : TIM OC Msp DeInit Callback. |
||
| 124 | (+) PWM_MspInitCallback : TIM PWM Msp Init Callback. |
||
| 125 | (+) PWM_MspDeInitCallback : TIM PWM Msp DeInit Callback. |
||
| 126 | (+) OnePulse_MspInitCallback : TIM One Pulse Msp Init Callback. |
||
| 127 | (+) OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback : TIM One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback. |
||
| 128 | (+) Encoder_MspInitCallback : TIM Encoder Msp Init Callback. |
||
| 129 | (+) Encoder_MspDeInitCallback : TIM Encoder Msp DeInit Callback. |
||
| 130 | (+) PeriodElapsedCallback : TIM Period Elapsed Callback. |
||
| 131 | (+) PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback : TIM Period Elapsed half complete Callback. |
||
| 132 | (+) TriggerCallback : TIM Trigger Callback. |
||
| 133 | (+) TriggerHalfCpltCallback : TIM Trigger half complete Callback. |
||
| 134 | (+) IC_CaptureCallback : TIM Input Capture Callback. |
||
| 135 | (+) IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback : TIM Input Capture half complete Callback. |
||
| 136 | (+) OC_DelayElapsedCallback : TIM Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback. |
||
| 137 | (+) PWM_PulseFinishedCallback : TIM PWM Pulse Finished Callback. |
||
| 138 | (+) PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback : TIM PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback. |
||
| 139 | (+) ErrorCallback : TIM Error Callback. |
||
| 140 | |||
| 141 | [..] |
||
| 142 | By default, after the Init and when the state is HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET |
||
| 143 | all interrupt callbacks are set to the corresponding weak functions: |
||
| 144 | examples @ref HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(), @ref HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(). |
||
| 145 | |||
| 146 | [..] |
||
| 147 | Exception done for MspInit and MspDeInit functions that are reset to the legacy weak |
||
| 148 | functionalities in the Init / DeInit only when these callbacks are null |
||
| 149 | (not registered beforehand). If not, MspInit or MspDeInit are not null, the Init / DeInit |
||
| 150 | keep and use the user MspInit / MspDeInit callbacks(registered beforehand) |
||
| 151 | |||
| 152 | [..] |
||
| 153 | Callbacks can be registered / unregistered in HAL_TIM_STATE_READY state only. |
||
| 154 | Exception done MspInit / MspDeInit that can be registered / unregistered |
||
| 155 | in HAL_TIM_STATE_READY or HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET state, |
||
| 156 | thus registered(user) MspInit / DeInit callbacks can be used during the Init / DeInit. |
||
| 157 | In that case first register the MspInit/MspDeInit user callbacks |
||
| 158 | using @ref HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback() before calling DeInit or Init function. |
||
| 159 | |||
| 160 | [..] |
||
| 161 | When The compilation define USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS is set to 0 or |
||
| 162 | not defined, the callback registration feature is not available and all callbacks |
||
| 163 | are set to the corresponding weak functions. |
||
| 164 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 165 | @endverbatim |
| 166 | ****************************************************************************** |
||
| 167 | * @attention |
||
| 168 | * |
||
| 28 | mjames | 169 | * <h2><center>© Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics. |
| 170 | * All rights reserved.</center></h2> |
||
| 2 | mjames | 171 | * |
| 28 | mjames | 172 | * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license, |
| 173 | * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the |
||
| 174 | * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at: |
||
| 175 | * opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause |
||
| 2 | mjames | 176 | * |
| 177 | ****************************************************************************** |
||
| 178 | */ |
||
| 179 | |||
| 180 | /* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
||
| 181 | #include "stm32l1xx_hal.h" |
||
| 182 | |||
| 183 | /** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver |
||
| 184 | * @{ |
||
| 185 | */ |
||
| 186 | |||
| 187 | /** @defgroup TIM TIM |
||
| 188 | * @brief TIM HAL module driver |
||
| 189 | * @{ |
||
| 190 | */ |
||
| 191 | |||
| 192 | #ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED |
||
| 193 | |||
| 194 | /* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/ |
||
| 195 | /* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 196 | /* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/ |
| 2 | mjames | 197 | /* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/ |
| 198 | /* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 199 | /** @addtogroup TIM_Private_Functions |
| 2 | mjames | 200 | * @{ |
| 201 | */ |
||
| 202 | static void TIM_Base_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_Base_InitTypeDef *Structure); |
||
| 203 | static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); |
||
| 204 | static void TIM_OC2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); |
||
| 205 | static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); |
||
| 206 | static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 207 | static void TIM_TI1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
| 208 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 209 | static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); |
| 28 | mjames | 210 | static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
| 211 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 212 | static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); |
| 28 | mjames | 213 | static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
| 214 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); |
||
| 215 | static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
||
| 216 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter); |
||
| 217 | static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t InputTriggerSource); |
||
| 218 | static void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, |
||
| 219 | uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter); |
||
| 220 | static void TIM_CCxChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelState); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 221 | static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); |
| 28 | mjames | 222 | static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); |
| 2 | mjames | 223 | static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); |
| 28 | mjames | 224 | static void TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma); |
| 225 | static HAL_StatusTypeDef TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, |
||
| 226 | TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 227 | /** |
| 28 | mjames | 228 | * @} |
| 2 | mjames | 229 | */ |
| 28 | mjames | 230 | /* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/ |
| 2 | mjames | 231 | |
| 232 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions TIM Exported Functions |
||
| 233 | * @{ |
||
| 234 | */ |
||
| 235 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 236 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group1 TIM Time Base functions |
| 237 | * @brief Time Base functions |
||
| 238 | * |
||
| 2 | mjames | 239 | @verbatim |
| 240 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 241 | ##### Time Base functions ##### |
||
| 242 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 243 | [..] |
||
| 244 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
| 245 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM base. |
||
| 246 | (+) De-initialize the TIM base. |
||
| 247 | (+) Start the Time Base. |
||
| 248 | (+) Stop the Time Base. |
||
| 249 | (+) Start the Time Base and enable interrupt. |
||
| 250 | (+) Stop the Time Base and disable interrupt. |
||
| 251 | (+) Start the Time Base and enable DMA transfer. |
||
| 252 | (+) Stop the Time Base and disable DMA transfer. |
||
| 253 | |||
| 254 | @endverbatim |
||
| 255 | * @{ |
||
| 256 | */ |
||
| 257 | /** |
||
| 258 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Time base Unit according to the specified |
||
| 28 | mjames | 259 | * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initialize the associated handle. |
| 260 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
| 261 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
| 262 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
| 263 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_Base_Init() |
||
| 264 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
||
| 2 | mjames | 265 | * @retval HAL status |
| 266 | */ |
||
| 267 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 268 | { |
||
| 269 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 270 | if (htim == NULL) |
| 2 | mjames | 271 | { |
| 272 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 273 | } |
||
| 274 | |||
| 275 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 276 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 277 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
| 278 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 279 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
| 2 | mjames | 280 | |
| 28 | mjames | 281 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
| 2 | mjames | 282 | { |
| 283 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
| 284 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
| 285 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 286 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 287 | /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ |
||
| 288 | TIM_ResetCallback(htim); |
||
| 289 | |||
| 290 | if (htim->Base_MspInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 291 | { |
||
| 292 | htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit; |
||
| 293 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 294 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
| 28 | mjames | 295 | htim->Base_MspInitCallback(htim); |
| 296 | #else |
||
| 297 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
| 2 | mjames | 298 | HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(htim); |
| 28 | mjames | 299 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 2 | mjames | 300 | } |
| 301 | |||
| 302 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 303 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
| 2 | mjames | 304 | |
| 305 | /* Set the Time Base configuration */ |
||
| 306 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
| 307 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 308 | /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ |
| 309 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
| 310 | |||
| 311 | /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 312 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 313 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 314 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
| 28 | mjames | 315 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
| 2 | mjames | 316 | |
| 317 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 318 | } |
||
| 319 | |||
| 320 | /** |
||
| 321 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Base peripheral |
||
| 28 | mjames | 322 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
| 2 | mjames | 323 | * @retval HAL status |
| 324 | */ |
||
| 325 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 326 | { |
||
| 327 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 328 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 329 | |||
| 330 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 331 | |||
| 332 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
| 333 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 334 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 335 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 336 | if (htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 337 | { |
||
| 338 | htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit; |
||
| 339 | } |
||
| 340 | /* DeInit the low level hardware */ |
||
| 341 | htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 342 | #else |
||
| 2 | mjames | 343 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
| 344 | HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 345 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 2 | mjames | 346 | |
| 28 | mjames | 347 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
| 348 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 349 | |||
| 350 | /* Change the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 351 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 352 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 353 | /* Change TIM state */ |
| 354 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 355 | |||
| 356 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
| 357 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 358 | |||
| 359 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 360 | } |
||
| 361 | |||
| 362 | /** |
||
| 363 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Base MSP. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 364 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
| 2 | mjames | 365 | * @retval None |
| 366 | */ |
||
| 367 | __weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 368 | { |
||
| 369 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 370 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 371 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 372 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 2 | mjames | 373 | the HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
| 374 | */ |
||
| 375 | } |
||
| 376 | |||
| 377 | /** |
||
| 378 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM Base MSP. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 379 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
| 2 | mjames | 380 | * @retval None |
| 381 | */ |
||
| 382 | __weak void HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 383 | { |
||
| 384 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 385 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 386 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 387 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 2 | mjames | 388 | the HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
| 389 | */ |
||
| 390 | } |
||
| 391 | |||
| 392 | |||
| 393 | /** |
||
| 394 | * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 395 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
| 2 | mjames | 396 | * @retval HAL status |
| 28 | mjames | 397 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 398 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
| 399 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 400 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 401 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 402 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 403 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 404 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 405 | /* Check the TIM state */ |
| 406 | if (htim->State != HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) |
||
| 407 | { |
||
| 408 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 409 | } |
||
| 410 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 411 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
| 28 | mjames | 412 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
| 2 | mjames | 413 | |
| 28 | mjames | 414 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
| 415 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 416 | { |
||
| 417 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 418 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 419 | { |
||
| 420 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 421 | } |
||
| 422 | } |
||
| 423 | else |
||
| 424 | { |
||
| 425 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 426 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 427 | |
| 428 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 429 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 430 | } |
||
| 431 | |||
| 432 | /** |
||
| 433 | * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 434 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
| 2 | mjames | 435 | * @retval HAL status |
| 28 | mjames | 436 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 437 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
| 438 | { |
||
| 439 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 440 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 441 | |||
| 442 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 443 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 444 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 445 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
| 446 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 447 | |
| 448 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 449 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 450 | } |
||
| 451 | |||
| 452 | /** |
||
| 453 | * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 454 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
| 2 | mjames | 455 | * @retval HAL status |
| 28 | mjames | 456 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 457 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
| 458 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 459 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 460 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 461 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 462 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 463 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 464 | /* Check the TIM state */ |
| 465 | if (htim->State != HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) |
||
| 466 | { |
||
| 467 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 468 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 469 | |
| 28 | mjames | 470 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
| 471 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 472 | |
| 28 | mjames | 473 | /* Enable the TIM Update interrupt */ |
| 474 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); |
||
| 475 | |||
| 476 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
||
| 477 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 478 | { |
||
| 479 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 480 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 481 | { |
||
| 482 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 483 | } |
||
| 484 | } |
||
| 485 | else |
||
| 486 | { |
||
| 487 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 488 | } |
||
| 489 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 490 | /* Return function status */ |
| 491 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 492 | } |
||
| 493 | |||
| 494 | /** |
||
| 495 | * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 496 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
| 2 | mjames | 497 | * @retval HAL status |
| 28 | mjames | 498 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 499 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
| 500 | { |
||
| 501 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 502 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 503 | |
| 2 | mjames | 504 | /* Disable the TIM Update interrupt */ |
| 505 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); |
||
| 506 | |||
| 507 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 508 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 509 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 510 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
| 511 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 512 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 513 | /* Return function status */ |
| 514 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 515 | } |
||
| 516 | |||
| 517 | /** |
||
| 518 | * @brief Starts the TIM Base generation in DMA mode. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 519 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
| 520 | * @param pData The source Buffer address. |
||
| 521 | * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to peripheral. |
||
| 2 | mjames | 522 | * @retval HAL status |
| 28 | mjames | 523 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 524 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) |
| 525 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 526 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 527 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 528 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 529 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 530 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 531 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
| 532 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY) |
||
| 2 | mjames | 533 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 534 | return HAL_BUSY; |
| 2 | mjames | 535 | } |
| 28 | mjames | 536 | else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) |
| 2 | mjames | 537 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 538 | if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U)) |
| 2 | mjames | 539 | { |
| 540 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 541 | } |
||
| 542 | else |
||
| 543 | { |
||
| 544 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 545 | } |
||
| 546 | } |
||
| 547 | else |
||
| 548 | { |
||
| 549 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 550 | } |
||
| 551 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 552 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */ |
| 2 | mjames | 553 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; |
| 28 | mjames | 554 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt; |
| 2 | mjames | 555 | |
| 556 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 557 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 558 | |||
| 559 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 560 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->ARR, Length) != HAL_OK) |
| 561 | { |
||
| 562 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 563 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 564 | |
| 565 | /* Enable the TIM Update DMA request */ |
||
| 566 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE); |
||
| 567 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 568 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
| 569 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 570 | { |
||
| 571 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 572 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 573 | { |
||
| 574 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 575 | } |
||
| 576 | } |
||
| 577 | else |
||
| 578 | { |
||
| 579 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 580 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 581 | |
| 582 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 583 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 584 | } |
||
| 585 | |||
| 586 | /** |
||
| 587 | * @brief Stops the TIM Base generation in DMA mode. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 588 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
| 2 | mjames | 589 | * @retval HAL status |
| 28 | mjames | 590 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 591 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
| 592 | { |
||
| 593 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 594 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 595 | |||
| 596 | /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ |
||
| 597 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_UPDATE); |
||
| 598 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 599 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); |
| 600 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 601 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
| 602 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 603 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 604 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
| 2 | mjames | 605 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
| 606 | |||
| 607 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 608 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 609 | } |
||
| 610 | |||
| 611 | /** |
||
| 612 | * @} |
||
| 613 | */ |
||
| 614 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 615 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group2 TIM Output Compare functions |
| 616 | * @brief TIM Output Compare functions |
||
| 617 | * |
||
| 2 | mjames | 618 | @verbatim |
| 619 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 28 | mjames | 620 | ##### TIM Output Compare functions ##### |
| 2 | mjames | 621 | ============================================================================== |
| 622 | [..] |
||
| 623 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
| 624 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Output Compare. |
||
| 625 | (+) De-initialize the TIM Output Compare. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 626 | (+) Start the TIM Output Compare. |
| 627 | (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare. |
||
| 628 | (+) Start the TIM Output Compare and enable interrupt. |
||
| 629 | (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare and disable interrupt. |
||
| 630 | (+) Start the TIM Output Compare and enable DMA transfer. |
||
| 631 | (+) Stop the TIM Output Compare and disable DMA transfer. |
||
| 2 | mjames | 632 | |
| 633 | @endverbatim |
||
| 634 | * @{ |
||
| 635 | */ |
||
| 636 | /** |
||
| 637 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare according to the specified |
||
| 28 | mjames | 638 | * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle. |
| 639 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
| 640 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
| 641 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
| 642 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_OC_Init() |
||
| 643 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
||
| 2 | mjames | 644 | * @retval HAL status |
| 645 | */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 646 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
| 2 | mjames | 647 | { |
| 648 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 649 | if (htim == NULL) |
| 2 | mjames | 650 | { |
| 651 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 652 | } |
||
| 653 | |||
| 654 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 655 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 656 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
| 657 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 658 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
| 2 | mjames | 659 | |
| 28 | mjames | 660 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
| 2 | mjames | 661 | { |
| 662 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
| 663 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
| 664 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 665 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 666 | /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ |
||
| 667 | TIM_ResetCallback(htim); |
||
| 668 | |||
| 669 | if (htim->OC_MspInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 670 | { |
||
| 671 | htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit; |
||
| 672 | } |
||
| 673 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
| 674 | htim->OC_MspInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 675 | #else |
||
| 2 | mjames | 676 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
| 677 | HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(htim); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 678 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 2 | mjames | 679 | } |
| 680 | |||
| 681 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 682 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
| 2 | mjames | 683 | |
| 684 | /* Init the base time for the Output Compare */ |
||
| 685 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
| 686 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 687 | /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ |
| 688 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
| 689 | |||
| 690 | /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 691 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 692 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 693 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
| 28 | mjames | 694 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
| 2 | mjames | 695 | |
| 696 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 697 | } |
||
| 698 | |||
| 699 | /** |
||
| 700 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral |
||
| 28 | mjames | 701 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
| 2 | mjames | 702 | * @retval HAL status |
| 703 | */ |
||
| 704 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 705 | { |
||
| 706 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 707 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 708 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 709 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
| 2 | mjames | 710 | |
| 711 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
| 712 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 713 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 714 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 715 | if (htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 716 | { |
||
| 717 | htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit; |
||
| 718 | } |
||
| 719 | /* DeInit the low level hardware */ |
||
| 720 | htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 721 | #else |
||
| 2 | mjames | 722 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
| 723 | HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 724 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 2 | mjames | 725 | |
| 28 | mjames | 726 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
| 727 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 728 | |||
| 729 | /* Change the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 730 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 731 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 732 | /* Change TIM state */ |
| 733 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 734 | |||
| 735 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
| 736 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 737 | |||
| 738 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 739 | } |
||
| 740 | |||
| 741 | /** |
||
| 742 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare MSP. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 743 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
| 2 | mjames | 744 | * @retval None |
| 745 | */ |
||
| 746 | __weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 747 | { |
||
| 748 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 749 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 750 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 751 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 2 | mjames | 752 | the HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
| 753 | */ |
||
| 754 | } |
||
| 755 | |||
| 756 | /** |
||
| 757 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM Output Compare MSP. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 758 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
| 2 | mjames | 759 | * @retval None |
| 760 | */ |
||
| 761 | __weak void HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 762 | { |
||
| 763 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 764 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 765 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 766 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 2 | mjames | 767 | the HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
| 768 | */ |
||
| 769 | } |
||
| 770 | |||
| 771 | /** |
||
| 772 | * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 773 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
| 774 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled |
||
| 2 | mjames | 775 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 776 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 777 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 778 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 779 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 780 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 28 | mjames | 781 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 782 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 783 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 784 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 785 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 786 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 787 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 788 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 789 | /* Check the TIM channel state */ |
| 790 | if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 791 | { |
||
| 792 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 793 | } |
||
| 794 | |||
| 795 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 796 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 797 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 798 | /* Enable the Output compare channel */ |
| 799 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 800 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 801 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
| 802 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 803 | { |
||
| 804 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 805 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 806 | { |
||
| 807 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 808 | } |
||
| 809 | } |
||
| 810 | else |
||
| 811 | { |
||
| 812 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 813 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 814 | |
| 815 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 816 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 817 | } |
||
| 818 | |||
| 819 | /** |
||
| 820 | * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 821 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
| 822 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled |
||
| 2 | mjames | 823 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 824 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 825 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 826 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 827 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 828 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 28 | mjames | 829 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 830 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 831 | { |
||
| 832 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 833 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 834 | |||
| 835 | /* Disable the Output compare channel */ |
||
| 836 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 837 | |||
| 838 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 839 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 840 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 841 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
| 842 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 843 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 844 | /* Return function status */ |
| 845 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 846 | } |
||
| 847 | |||
| 848 | /** |
||
| 849 | * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 850 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
| 851 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled |
||
| 2 | mjames | 852 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 853 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 854 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 855 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 856 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 857 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 28 | mjames | 858 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 859 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 860 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 861 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 862 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 863 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 864 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 865 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 866 | /* Check the TIM channel state */ |
| 867 | if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 868 | { |
||
| 869 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 870 | } |
||
| 871 | |||
| 872 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 873 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 874 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 875 | switch (Channel) |
| 876 | { |
||
| 877 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 878 | { |
||
| 879 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 880 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 881 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 882 | } |
| 883 | |||
| 884 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 885 | { |
||
| 886 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 887 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 888 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 889 | } |
| 890 | |||
| 891 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 892 | { |
||
| 893 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
| 894 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 895 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 896 | } |
| 897 | |||
| 898 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 899 | { |
||
| 900 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 901 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 902 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 903 | } |
| 904 | |||
| 905 | default: |
||
| 28 | mjames | 906 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 907 | } |
| 908 | |||
| 909 | /* Enable the Output compare channel */ |
||
| 910 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 911 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 912 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
| 913 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 914 | { |
||
| 915 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 916 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 917 | { |
||
| 918 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 919 | } |
||
| 920 | } |
||
| 921 | else |
||
| 922 | { |
||
| 923 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 924 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 925 | |
| 926 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 927 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 928 | } |
||
| 929 | |||
| 930 | /** |
||
| 931 | * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 932 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
| 933 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled |
||
| 2 | mjames | 934 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 935 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 936 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 937 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 938 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 939 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 28 | mjames | 940 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 941 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 942 | { |
||
| 943 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 944 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 945 | |||
| 946 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 947 | { |
||
| 948 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 949 | { |
||
| 950 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 951 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 952 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 953 | } |
| 954 | |||
| 955 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 956 | { |
||
| 957 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 958 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 959 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 960 | } |
| 961 | |||
| 962 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 963 | { |
||
| 964 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
| 965 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 966 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 967 | } |
| 968 | |||
| 969 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 970 | { |
||
| 971 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 972 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 973 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 974 | } |
| 975 | |||
| 976 | default: |
||
| 28 | mjames | 977 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 978 | } |
| 979 | |||
| 980 | /* Disable the Output compare channel */ |
||
| 981 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 982 | |||
| 983 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 984 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 985 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 986 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
| 987 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 988 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 989 | /* Return function status */ |
| 990 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 991 | } |
||
| 992 | |||
| 993 | /** |
||
| 994 | * @brief Starts the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 995 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
| 996 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled |
||
| 2 | mjames | 997 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 998 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 999 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1000 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1001 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1002 | * @param pData The source Buffer address. |
| 1003 | * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1004 | * @retval HAL status |
| 28 | mjames | 1005 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 1006 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) |
| 1007 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1008 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 1009 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 1010 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 1011 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1012 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 1013 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
| 1014 | if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1015 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 1016 | return HAL_BUSY; |
| 2 | mjames | 1017 | } |
| 28 | mjames | 1018 | else if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
| 2 | mjames | 1019 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 1020 | if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U)) |
| 2 | mjames | 1021 | { |
| 1022 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1023 | } |
||
| 1024 | else |
||
| 1025 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1026 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
| 2 | mjames | 1027 | } |
| 1028 | } |
||
| 1029 | else |
||
| 1030 | { |
||
| 1031 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1032 | } |
||
| 1033 | |||
| 1034 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 1035 | { |
||
| 1036 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 1037 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1038 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
| 2 | mjames | 1039 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
| 28 | mjames | 1040 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
| 2 | mjames | 1041 | |
| 1042 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1043 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1044 | |||
| 1045 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1046 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length) != HAL_OK) |
| 1047 | { |
||
| 1048 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1049 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1050 | |
| 1051 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
||
| 1052 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1053 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 1054 | } |
| 1055 | |||
| 1056 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 1057 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1058 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
| 2 | mjames | 1059 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
| 28 | mjames | 1060 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
| 2 | mjames | 1061 | |
| 1062 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1063 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1064 | |||
| 1065 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1066 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length) != HAL_OK) |
| 1067 | { |
||
| 1068 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1069 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1070 | |
| 1071 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
||
| 1072 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1073 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 1074 | } |
| 1075 | |||
| 1076 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 1077 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1078 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
| 2 | mjames | 1079 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
| 28 | mjames | 1080 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
| 2 | mjames | 1081 | |
| 1082 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1083 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1084 | |||
| 1085 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1086 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, Length) != HAL_OK) |
| 1087 | { |
||
| 1088 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1089 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1090 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ |
| 1091 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1092 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 1093 | } |
| 1094 | |||
| 1095 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 1096 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1097 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
| 2 | mjames | 1098 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
| 28 | mjames | 1099 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
| 2 | mjames | 1100 | |
| 1101 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1102 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1103 | |||
| 1104 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1105 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length) != HAL_OK) |
| 1106 | { |
||
| 1107 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1108 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1109 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ |
| 1110 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1111 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 1112 | } |
| 1113 | |||
| 1114 | default: |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1115 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 1116 | } |
| 1117 | |||
| 1118 | /* Enable the Output compare channel */ |
||
| 1119 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 1120 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 1121 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
| 1122 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 1123 | { |
||
| 1124 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 1125 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 1126 | { |
||
| 1127 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1128 | } |
||
| 1129 | } |
||
| 1130 | else |
||
| 1131 | { |
||
| 1132 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1133 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1134 | |
| 1135 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1136 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1137 | } |
||
| 1138 | |||
| 1139 | /** |
||
| 1140 | * @brief Stops the TIM Output Compare signal generation in DMA mode. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1141 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
| 1142 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to be disabled |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1143 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 1144 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1145 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1146 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1147 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1148 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1149 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 1150 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 1151 | { |
||
| 1152 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1153 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1154 | |||
| 1155 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 1156 | { |
||
| 1157 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 1158 | { |
||
| 1159 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
||
| 1160 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1161 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
| 1162 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1163 | } |
| 1164 | |||
| 1165 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 1166 | { |
||
| 1167 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
||
| 1168 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1169 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
| 1170 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1171 | } |
| 1172 | |||
| 1173 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 1174 | { |
||
| 1175 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ |
||
| 1176 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1177 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); |
| 1178 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1179 | } |
| 1180 | |||
| 1181 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 1182 | { |
||
| 1183 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 1184 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1185 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); |
| 1186 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1187 | } |
| 1188 | |||
| 1189 | default: |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1190 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 1191 | } |
| 1192 | |||
| 1193 | /* Disable the Output compare channel */ |
||
| 1194 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 1195 | |||
| 1196 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 1197 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1198 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 1199 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
| 1200 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1201 | |
| 1202 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1203 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1204 | } |
||
| 1205 | |||
| 1206 | /** |
||
| 1207 | * @} |
||
| 1208 | */ |
||
| 1209 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 1210 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group3 TIM PWM functions |
| 1211 | * @brief TIM PWM functions |
||
| 1212 | * |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1213 | @verbatim |
| 1214 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1215 | ##### TIM PWM functions ##### |
| 2 | mjames | 1216 | ============================================================================== |
| 1217 | [..] |
||
| 1218 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
| 1219 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM PWM. |
||
| 1220 | (+) De-initialize the TIM PWM. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1221 | (+) Start the TIM PWM. |
| 1222 | (+) Stop the TIM PWM. |
||
| 1223 | (+) Start the TIM PWM and enable interrupt. |
||
| 1224 | (+) Stop the TIM PWM and disable interrupt. |
||
| 1225 | (+) Start the TIM PWM and enable DMA transfer. |
||
| 1226 | (+) Stop the TIM PWM and disable DMA transfer. |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1227 | |
| 1228 | @endverbatim |
||
| 1229 | * @{ |
||
| 1230 | */ |
||
| 1231 | /** |
||
| 1232 | * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM Time Base according to the specified |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1233 | * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle. |
| 1234 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
| 1235 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
| 1236 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
| 1237 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_PWM_Init() |
||
| 1238 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1239 | * @retval HAL status |
| 1240 | */ |
||
| 1241 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 1242 | { |
||
| 1243 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1244 | if (htim == NULL) |
| 2 | mjames | 1245 | { |
| 1246 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1247 | } |
||
| 1248 | |||
| 1249 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1250 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 1251 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
| 1252 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1253 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
| 2 | mjames | 1254 | |
| 28 | mjames | 1255 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
| 2 | mjames | 1256 | { |
| 1257 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
| 1258 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
| 1259 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 1260 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 1261 | /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ |
||
| 1262 | TIM_ResetCallback(htim); |
||
| 1263 | |||
| 1264 | if (htim->PWM_MspInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 1265 | { |
||
| 1266 | htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit; |
||
| 1267 | } |
||
| 1268 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
| 1269 | htim->PWM_MspInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 1270 | #else |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1271 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
| 1272 | HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(htim); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1273 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 2 | mjames | 1274 | } |
| 1275 | |||
| 1276 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1277 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
| 2 | mjames | 1278 | |
| 1279 | /* Init the base time for the PWM */ |
||
| 1280 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
| 1281 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 1282 | /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ |
| 1283 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
| 1284 | |||
| 1285 | /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 1286 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 1287 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 1288 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
| 28 | mjames | 1289 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
| 2 | mjames | 1290 | |
| 1291 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1292 | } |
||
| 1293 | |||
| 1294 | /** |
||
| 1295 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1296 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
| 2 | mjames | 1297 | * @retval HAL status |
| 1298 | */ |
||
| 1299 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 1300 | { |
||
| 1301 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1302 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 1303 | |||
| 1304 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 1305 | |||
| 1306 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
| 1307 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1308 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 1309 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 1310 | if (htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 1311 | { |
||
| 1312 | htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit; |
||
| 1313 | } |
||
| 1314 | /* DeInit the low level hardware */ |
||
| 1315 | htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 1316 | #else |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1317 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
| 1318 | HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1319 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 2 | mjames | 1320 | |
| 28 | mjames | 1321 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
| 1322 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 1323 | |||
| 1324 | /* Change the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 1325 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 1326 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 1327 | /* Change TIM state */ |
| 1328 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 1329 | |||
| 1330 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
| 1331 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 1332 | |||
| 1333 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1334 | } |
||
| 1335 | |||
| 1336 | /** |
||
| 1337 | * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM MSP. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1338 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
| 2 | mjames | 1339 | * @retval None |
| 1340 | */ |
||
| 1341 | __weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 1342 | { |
||
| 1343 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 1344 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 1345 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 1346 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 2 | mjames | 1347 | the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
| 1348 | */ |
||
| 1349 | } |
||
| 1350 | |||
| 1351 | /** |
||
| 1352 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM PWM MSP. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1353 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
| 2 | mjames | 1354 | * @retval None |
| 1355 | */ |
||
| 1356 | __weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 1357 | { |
||
| 1358 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 1359 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 1360 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 1361 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 2 | mjames | 1362 | the HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
| 1363 | */ |
||
| 1364 | } |
||
| 1365 | |||
| 1366 | /** |
||
| 1367 | * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1368 | * @param htim TIM handle |
| 1369 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1370 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 1371 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1372 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1373 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1374 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1375 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1376 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 1377 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 1378 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1379 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 1380 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 1381 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 1382 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1383 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 1384 | /* Check the TIM channel state */ |
| 1385 | if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 1386 | { |
||
| 1387 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1388 | } |
||
| 1389 | |||
| 1390 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 1391 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 1392 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 1393 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
| 1394 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 1395 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 1396 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
| 1397 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 1398 | { |
||
| 1399 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 1400 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 1401 | { |
||
| 1402 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1403 | } |
||
| 1404 | } |
||
| 1405 | else |
||
| 1406 | { |
||
| 1407 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1408 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1409 | |
| 1410 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1411 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1412 | } |
||
| 1413 | |||
| 1414 | /** |
||
| 1415 | * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1416 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
| 1417 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1418 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 1419 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1420 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1421 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1422 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1423 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1424 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 1425 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 1426 | { |
||
| 1427 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1428 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1429 | |||
| 1430 | /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 1431 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 1432 | |||
| 1433 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 1434 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1435 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 1436 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
| 1437 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1438 | |
| 1439 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1440 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1441 | } |
||
| 1442 | |||
| 1443 | /** |
||
| 1444 | * @brief Starts the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1445 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
| 1446 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to be enabled |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1447 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 1448 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1449 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1450 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1451 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1452 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1453 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 1454 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 1455 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1456 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 2 | mjames | 1457 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 1458 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1459 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 1460 | /* Check the TIM channel state */ |
| 1461 | if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 1462 | { |
||
| 1463 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1464 | } |
||
| 1465 | |||
| 1466 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 1467 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 1468 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 1469 | switch (Channel) |
| 1470 | { |
||
| 1471 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 1472 | { |
||
| 1473 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 1474 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1475 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 1476 | } |
| 1477 | |||
| 1478 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 1479 | { |
||
| 1480 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 1481 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1482 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 1483 | } |
| 1484 | |||
| 1485 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 1486 | { |
||
| 1487 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
| 1488 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1489 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 1490 | } |
| 1491 | |||
| 1492 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 1493 | { |
||
| 1494 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 1495 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1496 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 1497 | } |
| 1498 | |||
| 1499 | default: |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1500 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 1501 | } |
| 1502 | |||
| 1503 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 1504 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 1505 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 1506 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
| 1507 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 1508 | { |
||
| 1509 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 1510 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 1511 | { |
||
| 1512 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1513 | } |
||
| 1514 | } |
||
| 1515 | else |
||
| 1516 | { |
||
| 1517 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1518 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1519 | |
| 1520 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1521 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1522 | } |
||
| 1523 | |||
| 1524 | /** |
||
| 1525 | * @brief Stops the PWM signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1526 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
| 1527 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1528 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 1529 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1530 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1531 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1532 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1533 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1534 | */ |
| 1535 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1536 | { |
| 1537 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1538 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1539 | |||
| 1540 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 1541 | { |
||
| 1542 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 1543 | { |
||
| 1544 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 1545 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1546 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 1547 | } |
| 1548 | |||
| 1549 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 1550 | { |
||
| 1551 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 1552 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1553 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 1554 | } |
| 1555 | |||
| 1556 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 1557 | { |
||
| 1558 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
| 1559 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1560 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 1561 | } |
| 1562 | |||
| 1563 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 1564 | { |
||
| 1565 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 1566 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1567 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 1568 | } |
| 1569 | |||
| 1570 | default: |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1571 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 1572 | } |
| 1573 | |||
| 1574 | /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 1575 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 1576 | |||
| 1577 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 1578 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1579 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 1580 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
| 1581 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 1582 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 1583 | /* Return function status */ |
| 1584 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1585 | } |
||
| 1586 | |||
| 1587 | /** |
||
| 1588 | * @brief Starts the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1589 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
| 1590 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1591 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 1592 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1593 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1594 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1595 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1596 | * @param pData The source Buffer address. |
| 1597 | * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from memory to TIM peripheral |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1598 | * @retval HAL status |
| 28 | mjames | 1599 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 1600 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) |
| 1601 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1602 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 1603 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 1604 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 1605 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1606 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 1607 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
| 1608 | if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1609 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 1610 | return HAL_BUSY; |
| 2 | mjames | 1611 | } |
| 28 | mjames | 1612 | else if (TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel) == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
| 2 | mjames | 1613 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 1614 | if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U)) |
| 2 | mjames | 1615 | { |
| 1616 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1617 | } |
||
| 1618 | else |
||
| 1619 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1620 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
| 2 | mjames | 1621 | } |
| 1622 | } |
||
| 1623 | else |
||
| 1624 | { |
||
| 1625 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1626 | } |
||
| 1627 | |||
| 1628 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 1629 | { |
||
| 1630 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 1631 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1632 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
| 2 | mjames | 1633 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
| 28 | mjames | 1634 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
| 2 | mjames | 1635 | |
| 1636 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1637 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1638 | |||
| 1639 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1640 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, Length) != HAL_OK) |
| 1641 | { |
||
| 1642 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1643 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1644 | |
| 1645 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
||
| 1646 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1647 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 1648 | } |
| 1649 | |||
| 1650 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 1651 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1652 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
| 2 | mjames | 1653 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
| 28 | mjames | 1654 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
| 2 | mjames | 1655 | |
| 1656 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1657 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1658 | |||
| 1659 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1660 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, Length) != HAL_OK) |
| 1661 | { |
||
| 1662 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1663 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1664 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
| 1665 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1666 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 1667 | } |
| 1668 | |||
| 1669 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 1670 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1671 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
| 2 | mjames | 1672 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
| 28 | mjames | 1673 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
| 2 | mjames | 1674 | |
| 1675 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1676 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1677 | |||
| 1678 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1679 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, Length) != HAL_OK) |
| 1680 | { |
||
| 1681 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1682 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1683 | /* Enable the TIM Output Capture/Compare 3 request */ |
| 1684 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1685 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 1686 | } |
| 1687 | |||
| 1688 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 1689 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1690 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
| 2 | mjames | 1691 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
| 28 | mjames | 1692 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
| 2 | mjames | 1693 | |
| 1694 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 1695 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 1696 | |||
| 1697 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1698 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)pData, (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, Length) != HAL_OK) |
| 1699 | { |
||
| 1700 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1701 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1702 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ |
| 1703 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1704 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 1705 | } |
| 1706 | |||
| 1707 | default: |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1708 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 1709 | } |
| 1710 | |||
| 1711 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 1712 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 1713 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 1714 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
| 1715 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 1716 | { |
||
| 1717 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 1718 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 1719 | { |
||
| 1720 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1721 | } |
||
| 1722 | } |
||
| 1723 | else |
||
| 1724 | { |
||
| 1725 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1726 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1727 | |
| 1728 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1729 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1730 | } |
||
| 1731 | |||
| 1732 | /** |
||
| 1733 | * @brief Stops the TIM PWM signal generation in DMA mode. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1734 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
| 1735 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1736 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 1737 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1738 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1739 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1740 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1741 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1742 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 1743 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 1744 | { |
||
| 1745 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1746 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1747 | |||
| 1748 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 1749 | { |
||
| 1750 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 1751 | { |
||
| 1752 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
||
| 1753 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1754 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
| 1755 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1756 | } |
| 1757 | |||
| 1758 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 1759 | { |
||
| 1760 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
||
| 1761 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1762 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
| 1763 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1764 | } |
| 1765 | |||
| 1766 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 1767 | { |
||
| 1768 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ |
||
| 1769 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1770 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); |
| 1771 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1772 | } |
| 1773 | |||
| 1774 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 1775 | { |
||
| 1776 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 1777 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1778 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); |
| 1779 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1780 | } |
| 1781 | |||
| 1782 | default: |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1783 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 1784 | } |
| 1785 | |||
| 1786 | /* Disable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 1787 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 1788 | |||
| 1789 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 1790 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1791 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 1792 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
| 1793 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1794 | |
| 1795 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 1796 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1797 | } |
||
| 1798 | |||
| 1799 | /** |
||
| 1800 | * @} |
||
| 1801 | */ |
||
| 1802 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 1803 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group4 TIM Input Capture functions |
| 1804 | * @brief TIM Input Capture functions |
||
| 1805 | * |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1806 | @verbatim |
| 1807 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1808 | ##### TIM Input Capture functions ##### |
| 2 | mjames | 1809 | ============================================================================== |
| 1810 | [..] |
||
| 1811 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
| 1812 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Input Capture. |
||
| 1813 | (+) De-initialize the TIM Input Capture. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1814 | (+) Start the TIM Input Capture. |
| 1815 | (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture. |
||
| 1816 | (+) Start the TIM Input Capture and enable interrupt. |
||
| 1817 | (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture and disable interrupt. |
||
| 1818 | (+) Start the TIM Input Capture and enable DMA transfer. |
||
| 1819 | (+) Stop the TIM Input Capture and disable DMA transfer. |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1820 | |
| 1821 | @endverbatim |
||
| 1822 | * @{ |
||
| 1823 | */ |
||
| 1824 | /** |
||
| 1825 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Time base according to the specified |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1826 | * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle. |
| 1827 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
| 1828 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
| 1829 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
| 1830 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_IC_Init() |
||
| 1831 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1832 | * @retval HAL status |
| 1833 | */ |
||
| 1834 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 1835 | { |
||
| 1836 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1837 | if (htim == NULL) |
| 2 | mjames | 1838 | { |
| 1839 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1840 | } |
||
| 1841 | |||
| 1842 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1843 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 1844 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
| 1845 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1846 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
| 2 | mjames | 1847 | |
| 28 | mjames | 1848 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
| 2 | mjames | 1849 | { |
| 1850 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
| 1851 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
| 1852 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 1853 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 1854 | /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ |
||
| 1855 | TIM_ResetCallback(htim); |
||
| 1856 | |||
| 1857 | if (htim->IC_MspInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 1858 | { |
||
| 1859 | htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit; |
||
| 1860 | } |
||
| 1861 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
| 1862 | htim->IC_MspInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 1863 | #else |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1864 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
| 1865 | HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(htim); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1866 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 2 | mjames | 1867 | } |
| 1868 | |||
| 1869 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1870 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
| 2 | mjames | 1871 | |
| 1872 | /* Init the base time for the input capture */ |
||
| 1873 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
| 1874 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 1875 | /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ |
| 1876 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
| 1877 | |||
| 1878 | /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 1879 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 1880 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 1881 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
| 28 | mjames | 1882 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
| 2 | mjames | 1883 | |
| 1884 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1885 | } |
||
| 1886 | |||
| 1887 | /** |
||
| 1888 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM peripheral |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1889 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
| 2 | mjames | 1890 | * @retval HAL status |
| 1891 | */ |
||
| 1892 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 1893 | { |
||
| 1894 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 1895 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 1896 | |||
| 1897 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 1898 | |||
| 1899 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
| 1900 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 1901 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 1902 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 1903 | if (htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 1904 | { |
||
| 1905 | htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit; |
||
| 1906 | } |
||
| 1907 | /* DeInit the low level hardware */ |
||
| 1908 | htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 1909 | #else |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1910 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
| 1911 | HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1912 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 2 | mjames | 1913 | |
| 28 | mjames | 1914 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
| 1915 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 1916 | |||
| 1917 | /* Change the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 1918 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET_ALL(htim, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 1919 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 1920 | /* Change TIM state */ |
| 1921 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 1922 | |||
| 1923 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
| 1924 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 1925 | |||
| 1926 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 1927 | } |
||
| 1928 | |||
| 1929 | /** |
||
| 1930 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture MSP. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1931 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
| 2 | mjames | 1932 | * @retval None |
| 1933 | */ |
||
| 1934 | __weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 1935 | { |
||
| 1936 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 1937 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 1938 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 1939 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 2 | mjames | 1940 | the HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
| 1941 | */ |
||
| 1942 | } |
||
| 1943 | |||
| 1944 | /** |
||
| 1945 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM Input Capture MSP. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1946 | * @param htim TIM handle |
| 2 | mjames | 1947 | * @retval None |
| 1948 | */ |
||
| 1949 | __weak void HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 1950 | { |
||
| 1951 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 1952 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 1953 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 1954 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 2 | mjames | 1955 | the HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
| 1956 | */ |
||
| 1957 | } |
||
| 1958 | |||
| 1959 | /** |
||
| 1960 | * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1961 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
| 1962 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1963 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 1964 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 1965 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 1966 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 1967 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 1968 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 28 | mjames | 1969 | */ |
| 1970 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 2 | mjames | 1971 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 1972 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 1973 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); |
||
| 1974 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 1975 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 1976 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 1977 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 1978 | /* Check the TIM channel state */ |
| 1979 | if (channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 1980 | { |
||
| 1981 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 1982 | } |
||
| 1983 | |||
| 1984 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 1985 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 1986 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 1987 | /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ |
| 1988 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 1989 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 1990 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
| 1991 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 1992 | { |
||
| 1993 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 1994 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 1995 | { |
||
| 1996 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 1997 | } |
||
| 1998 | } |
||
| 1999 | else |
||
| 2000 | { |
||
| 2001 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 2002 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2003 | |
| 2004 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2005 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2006 | } |
||
| 2007 | |||
| 2008 | /** |
||
| 2009 | * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2010 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
| 2011 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2012 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 2013 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2014 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2015 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 2016 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 2017 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2018 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 2019 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 2020 | { |
||
| 2021 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2022 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 2023 | |||
| 2024 | /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ |
||
| 2025 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2026 | |||
| 2027 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 2028 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2029 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 2030 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
| 2031 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2032 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 2033 | /* Return function status */ |
| 2034 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2035 | } |
||
| 2036 | |||
| 2037 | /** |
||
| 2038 | * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2039 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
| 2040 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2041 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 2042 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2043 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2044 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 2045 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 2046 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2047 | */ |
| 2048 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2049 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 2050 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 2051 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); |
||
| 2052 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 2053 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 2054 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 2055 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 2056 | /* Check the TIM channel state */ |
| 2057 | if (channel_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 2058 | { |
||
| 2059 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2060 | } |
||
| 2061 | |||
| 2062 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 2063 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 2064 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 2065 | switch (Channel) |
| 2066 | { |
||
| 2067 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 2068 | { |
||
| 2069 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 2070 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2071 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 2072 | } |
| 2073 | |||
| 2074 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 2075 | { |
||
| 2076 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 2077 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2078 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 2079 | } |
| 2080 | |||
| 2081 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 2082 | { |
||
| 2083 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
| 2084 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2085 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 2086 | } |
| 2087 | |||
| 2088 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 2089 | { |
||
| 2090 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 2091 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2092 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 2093 | } |
| 2094 | |||
| 2095 | default: |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2096 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 2097 | } |
| 2098 | /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ |
||
| 2099 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2100 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 2101 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
| 2102 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 2103 | { |
||
| 2104 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 2105 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 2106 | { |
||
| 2107 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 2108 | } |
||
| 2109 | } |
||
| 2110 | else |
||
| 2111 | { |
||
| 2112 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 2113 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2114 | |
| 2115 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2116 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2117 | } |
||
| 2118 | |||
| 2119 | /** |
||
| 2120 | * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in interrupt mode. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2121 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
| 2122 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2123 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 2124 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2125 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2126 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 2127 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 2128 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2129 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 2130 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 2131 | { |
||
| 2132 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2133 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 2134 | |||
| 2135 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 2136 | { |
||
| 2137 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 2138 | { |
||
| 2139 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 2140 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2141 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 2142 | } |
| 2143 | |||
| 2144 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 2145 | { |
||
| 2146 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 2147 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2148 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 2149 | } |
| 2150 | |||
| 2151 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 2152 | { |
||
| 2153 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 interrupt */ |
||
| 2154 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2155 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 2156 | } |
| 2157 | |||
| 2158 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 2159 | { |
||
| 2160 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 interrupt */ |
||
| 2161 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2162 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 2163 | } |
| 2164 | |||
| 2165 | default: |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2166 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 2167 | } |
| 2168 | |||
| 2169 | /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ |
||
| 2170 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2171 | |||
| 2172 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 2173 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2174 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 2175 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
| 2176 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2177 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 2178 | /* Return function status */ |
| 2179 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2180 | } |
||
| 2181 | |||
| 2182 | /** |
||
| 2183 | * @brief Starts the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2184 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
| 2185 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2186 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 2187 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2188 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2189 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 2190 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2191 | * @param pData The destination Buffer address. |
| 2192 | * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2193 | * @retval HAL status |
| 28 | mjames | 2194 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 2195 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData, uint16_t Length) |
| 2196 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2197 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 2198 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); |
||
| 2199 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 2200 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 2201 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 2202 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2203 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 2204 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
| 2205 | if (channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2206 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 2207 | return HAL_BUSY; |
| 2 | mjames | 2208 | } |
| 28 | mjames | 2209 | if (channel_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
| 2 | mjames | 2210 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 2211 | if ((pData == NULL) && (Length > 0U)) |
| 2 | mjames | 2212 | { |
| 2213 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2214 | } |
||
| 2215 | else |
||
| 2216 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2217 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
| 2 | mjames | 2218 | } |
| 2219 | } |
||
| 2220 | else |
||
| 2221 | { |
||
| 2222 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2223 | } |
||
| 2224 | |||
| 2225 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 2226 | { |
||
| 2227 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 2228 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2229 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
| 2 | mjames | 2230 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
| 28 | mjames | 2231 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
| 2 | mjames | 2232 | |
| 2233 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 2234 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 2235 | |||
| 2236 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2237 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK) |
| 2238 | { |
||
| 2239 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2240 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2241 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
| 2242 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2243 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 2244 | } |
| 2245 | |||
| 2246 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 2247 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2248 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
| 2 | mjames | 2249 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
| 28 | mjames | 2250 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
| 2 | mjames | 2251 | |
| 2252 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 2253 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 2254 | |||
| 2255 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2256 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK) |
| 2257 | { |
||
| 2258 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2259 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2260 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
| 2261 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2262 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 2263 | } |
| 2264 | |||
| 2265 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 2266 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2267 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
| 2 | mjames | 2268 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
| 28 | mjames | 2269 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
| 2 | mjames | 2270 | |
| 2271 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 2272 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 2273 | |||
| 2274 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2275 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR3, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK) |
| 2276 | { |
||
| 2277 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2278 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2279 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ |
| 2280 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2281 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 2282 | } |
| 2283 | |||
| 2284 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 2285 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2286 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
| 2 | mjames | 2287 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
| 28 | mjames | 2288 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
| 2 | mjames | 2289 | |
| 2290 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 2291 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 2292 | |||
| 2293 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2294 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR4, (uint32_t)pData, Length) != HAL_OK) |
| 2295 | { |
||
| 2296 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2297 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2298 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ |
| 2299 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2300 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 2301 | } |
| 2302 | |||
| 2303 | default: |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2304 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 2305 | } |
| 2306 | |||
| 2307 | /* Enable the Input Capture channel */ |
||
| 2308 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2309 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 2310 | /* Enable the Peripheral, except in trigger mode where enable is automatically done with trigger */ |
| 2311 | if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)) |
||
| 2312 | { |
||
| 2313 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR & TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 2314 | if (!IS_TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER_ENABLED(tmpsmcr)) |
||
| 2315 | { |
||
| 2316 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 2317 | } |
||
| 2318 | } |
||
| 2319 | else |
||
| 2320 | { |
||
| 2321 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 2322 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2323 | |
| 2324 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2325 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2326 | } |
||
| 2327 | |||
| 2328 | /** |
||
| 2329 | * @brief Stops the TIM Input Capture measurement in DMA mode. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2330 | * @param htim TIM Input Capture handle |
| 2331 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2332 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 2333 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2334 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2335 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 2336 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 2337 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2338 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 2339 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 2340 | { |
||
| 2341 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2342 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 2343 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_CC_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2344 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 2345 | /* Disable the Input Capture channel */ |
| 2346 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, Channel, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2347 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 2348 | switch (Channel) |
| 2349 | { |
||
| 2350 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 2351 | { |
||
| 2352 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 DMA request */ |
||
| 2353 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2354 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
| 2355 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2356 | } |
| 2357 | |||
| 2358 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 2359 | { |
||
| 2360 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 DMA request */ |
||
| 2361 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2362 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
| 2363 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2364 | } |
| 2365 | |||
| 2366 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 2367 | { |
||
| 2368 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 3 DMA request */ |
||
| 2369 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC3); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2370 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); |
| 2371 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2372 | } |
| 2373 | |||
| 2374 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 2375 | { |
||
| 2376 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 4 DMA request */ |
||
| 2377 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC4); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2378 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); |
| 2379 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2380 | } |
| 2381 | |||
| 2382 | default: |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2383 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 2384 | } |
| 2385 | |||
| 2386 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 2387 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2388 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 2389 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
| 2390 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2391 | |
| 2392 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2393 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2394 | } |
||
| 2395 | /** |
||
| 2396 | * @} |
||
| 2397 | */ |
||
| 2398 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 2399 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group5 TIM One Pulse functions |
| 2400 | * @brief TIM One Pulse functions |
||
| 2401 | * |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2402 | @verbatim |
| 2403 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2404 | ##### TIM One Pulse functions ##### |
| 2 | mjames | 2405 | ============================================================================== |
| 2406 | [..] |
||
| 2407 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
| 2408 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM One Pulse. |
||
| 2409 | (+) De-initialize the TIM One Pulse. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2410 | (+) Start the TIM One Pulse. |
| 2411 | (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse. |
||
| 2412 | (+) Start the TIM One Pulse and enable interrupt. |
||
| 2413 | (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse and disable interrupt. |
||
| 2414 | (+) Start the TIM One Pulse and enable DMA transfer. |
||
| 2415 | (+) Stop the TIM One Pulse and disable DMA transfer. |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2416 | |
| 2417 | @endverbatim |
||
| 2418 | * @{ |
||
| 2419 | */ |
||
| 2420 | /** |
||
| 2421 | * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Time Base according to the specified |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2422 | * parameters in the TIM_HandleTypeDef and initializes the associated handle. |
| 2423 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
| 2424 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
| 2425 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
| 2426 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init() |
||
| 2427 | * @note When the timer instance is initialized in One Pulse mode, timer |
||
| 2428 | * channels 1 and channel 2 are reserved and cannot be used for other |
||
| 2429 | * purpose. |
||
| 2430 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
||
| 2431 | * @param OnePulseMode Select the One pulse mode. |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2432 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 2433 | * @arg TIM_OPMODE_SINGLE: Only one pulse will be generated. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2434 | * @arg TIM_OPMODE_REPETITIVE: Repetitive pulses will be generated. |
| 2 | mjames | 2435 | * @retval HAL status |
| 2436 | */ |
||
| 2437 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OnePulseMode) |
||
| 2438 | { |
||
| 2439 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2440 | if (htim == NULL) |
| 2 | mjames | 2441 | { |
| 2442 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2443 | } |
||
| 2444 | |||
| 2445 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2446 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2447 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
| 2448 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
| 2449 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_MODE(OnePulseMode)); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2450 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
| 2 | mjames | 2451 | |
| 28 | mjames | 2452 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
| 2 | mjames | 2453 | { |
| 2454 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
| 2455 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
| 2456 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 2457 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 2458 | /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ |
||
| 2459 | TIM_ResetCallback(htim); |
||
| 2460 | |||
| 2461 | if (htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 2462 | { |
||
| 2463 | htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit; |
||
| 2464 | } |
||
| 2465 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
| 2466 | htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 2467 | #else |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2468 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
| 2469 | HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(htim); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2470 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 2 | mjames | 2471 | } |
| 2472 | |||
| 2473 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2474 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
| 2 | mjames | 2475 | |
| 2476 | /* Configure the Time base in the One Pulse Mode */ |
||
| 2477 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
| 2478 | |||
| 2479 | /* Reset the OPM Bit */ |
||
| 2480 | htim->Instance->CR1 &= ~TIM_CR1_OPM; |
||
| 2481 | |||
| 2482 | /* Configure the OPM Mode */ |
||
| 2483 | htim->Instance->CR1 |= OnePulseMode; |
||
| 2484 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 2485 | /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ |
| 2486 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
| 2487 | |||
| 2488 | /* Initialize the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 2489 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2490 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2491 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 2492 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
| 28 | mjames | 2493 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
| 2 | mjames | 2494 | |
| 2495 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2496 | } |
||
| 2497 | |||
| 2498 | /** |
||
| 2499 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM One Pulse |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2500 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
| 2 | mjames | 2501 | * @retval HAL status |
| 2502 | */ |
||
| 2503 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 2504 | { |
||
| 2505 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2506 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2507 | |||
| 2508 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 2509 | |||
| 2510 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
| 2511 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2512 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 2513 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 2514 | if (htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 2515 | { |
||
| 2516 | htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit; |
||
| 2517 | } |
||
| 2518 | /* DeInit the low level hardware */ |
||
| 2519 | htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 2520 | #else |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2521 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
| 2522 | HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2523 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 2 | mjames | 2524 | |
| 28 | mjames | 2525 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
| 2526 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 2527 | |||
| 2528 | /* Set the TIM channel state */ |
||
| 2529 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 2530 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 2531 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 2532 | /* Change TIM state */ |
| 2533 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 2534 | |||
| 2535 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
| 2536 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 2537 | |||
| 2538 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2539 | } |
||
| 2540 | |||
| 2541 | /** |
||
| 2542 | * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse MSP. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2543 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
| 2 | mjames | 2544 | * @retval None |
| 2545 | */ |
||
| 2546 | __weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 2547 | { |
||
| 2548 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 2549 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 2550 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 2551 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 2 | mjames | 2552 | the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
| 2553 | */ |
||
| 2554 | } |
||
| 2555 | |||
| 2556 | /** |
||
| 2557 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM One Pulse MSP. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2558 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
| 2 | mjames | 2559 | * @retval None |
| 2560 | */ |
||
| 2561 | __weak void HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 2562 | { |
||
| 2563 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 2564 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 2565 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 2566 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 2 | mjames | 2567 | the HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
| 2568 | */ |
||
| 2569 | } |
||
| 2570 | |||
| 2571 | /** |
||
| 2572 | * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2573 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
| 2574 | * @param OutputChannel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2575 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 2576 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2577 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2578 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2579 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 2580 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) |
| 2581 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2582 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); |
| 2583 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); |
||
| 2584 | |||
| 2585 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 2586 | UNUSED(OutputChannel); |
||
| 2587 | |||
| 2588 | /* Check the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 2589 | if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 2590 | || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) |
||
| 2591 | { |
||
| 2592 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2593 | } |
||
| 2594 | |||
| 2595 | /* Set the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 2596 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 2597 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 2598 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 2599 | /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels |
| 2600 | (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 2601 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and |
||
| 2602 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output |
||
| 2603 | in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together |
||
| 2604 | |||
| 2605 | No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware |
||
| 2606 | (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */ |
||
| 2607 | |||
| 2608 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2609 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2610 | |||
| 2611 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2612 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2613 | } |
||
| 2614 | |||
| 2615 | /** |
||
| 2616 | * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2617 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
| 2618 | * @param OutputChannel TIM Channels to be disable |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2619 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 2620 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2621 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2622 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2623 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 2624 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) |
| 2625 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2626 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
| 2627 | UNUSED(OutputChannel); |
||
| 2628 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 2629 | /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels |
| 2630 | (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 2631 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and |
||
| 2632 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output |
||
| 2633 | in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */ |
||
| 2634 | |||
| 2635 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2636 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2637 | |||
| 2638 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 2639 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2640 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 2641 | /* Set the TIM channels state */ |
| 2642 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2643 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2644 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 2645 | /* Return function status */ |
| 2646 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2647 | } |
||
| 2648 | |||
| 2649 | /** |
||
| 2650 | * @brief Starts the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2651 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
| 2652 | * @param OutputChannel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2653 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 2654 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2655 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2656 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2657 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 2658 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) |
| 2659 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2660 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); |
| 2661 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); |
||
| 2662 | |||
| 2663 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 2664 | UNUSED(OutputChannel); |
||
| 2665 | |||
| 2666 | /* Check the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 2667 | if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 2668 | || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) |
||
| 2669 | { |
||
| 2670 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2671 | } |
||
| 2672 | |||
| 2673 | /* Set the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 2674 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 2675 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 2676 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 2677 | /* Enable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels |
| 2678 | (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 2679 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and |
||
| 2680 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output |
||
| 2681 | in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be enabled together |
||
| 2682 | |||
| 2683 | No need to enable the counter, it's enabled automatically by hardware |
||
| 2684 | (the counter starts in response to a stimulus and generate a pulse */ |
||
| 2685 | |||
| 2686 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
||
| 2687 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 2688 | |||
| 2689 | /* Enable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 2690 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 2691 | |||
| 2692 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2693 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2694 | |||
| 2695 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 2696 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2697 | } |
||
| 2698 | |||
| 2699 | /** |
||
| 2700 | * @brief Stops the TIM One Pulse signal generation in interrupt mode. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2701 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
| 2702 | * @param OutputChannel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2703 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 2704 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2705 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2706 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2707 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 2708 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t OutputChannel) |
| 2709 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2710 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
| 2711 | UNUSED(OutputChannel); |
||
| 2712 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 2713 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 1 interrupt */ |
| 2714 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 2715 | |||
| 2716 | /* Disable the TIM Capture/Compare 2 interrupt */ |
||
| 2717 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 2718 | |||
| 2719 | /* Disable the Capture compare and the Input Capture channels |
||
| 2720 | (in the OPM Mode the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 2721 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as output, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as input and |
||
| 2722 | if TIM_CHANNEL_1 is used as input, the TIM_CHANNEL_2 will be used as output |
||
| 2723 | in all combinations, the TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2 should be disabled together */ |
||
| 2724 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2725 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2726 | |||
| 2727 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2728 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
| 2 | mjames | 2729 | |
| 28 | mjames | 2730 | /* Set the TIM channels state */ |
| 2731 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2732 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2733 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 2734 | /* Return function status */ |
| 2735 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2736 | } |
||
| 2737 | |||
| 2738 | /** |
||
| 2739 | * @} |
||
| 2740 | */ |
||
| 2741 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 2742 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group6 TIM Encoder functions |
| 2743 | * @brief TIM Encoder functions |
||
| 2744 | * |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2745 | @verbatim |
| 2746 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2747 | ##### TIM Encoder functions ##### |
| 2 | mjames | 2748 | ============================================================================== |
| 2749 | [..] |
||
| 2750 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
| 2751 | (+) Initialize and configure the TIM Encoder. |
||
| 2752 | (+) De-initialize the TIM Encoder. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2753 | (+) Start the TIM Encoder. |
| 2754 | (+) Stop the TIM Encoder. |
||
| 2755 | (+) Start the TIM Encoder and enable interrupt. |
||
| 2756 | (+) Stop the TIM Encoder and disable interrupt. |
||
| 2757 | (+) Start the TIM Encoder and enable DMA transfer. |
||
| 2758 | (+) Stop the TIM Encoder and disable DMA transfer. |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2759 | |
| 2760 | @endverbatim |
||
| 2761 | * @{ |
||
| 2762 | */ |
||
| 2763 | /** |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2764 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface and initialize the associated handle. |
| 2765 | * @note Switching from Center Aligned counter mode to Edge counter mode (or reverse) |
||
| 2766 | * requires a timer reset to avoid unexpected direction |
||
| 2767 | * due to DIR bit readonly in center aligned mode. |
||
| 2768 | * Ex: call @ref HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit() before HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init() |
||
| 2769 | * @note Encoder mode and External clock mode 2 are not compatible and must not be selected together |
||
| 2770 | * Ex: A call for @ref HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init will erase the settings of @ref HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource |
||
| 2771 | * using TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2 and vice versa |
||
| 2772 | * @note When the timer instance is initialized in Encoder mode, timer |
||
| 2773 | * channels 1 and channel 2 are reserved and cannot be used for other |
||
| 2774 | * purpose. |
||
| 2775 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
||
| 2776 | * @param sConfig TIM Encoder Interface configuration structure |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2777 | * @retval HAL status |
| 2778 | */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2779 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Init(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_Encoder_InitTypeDef *sConfig) |
| 2 | mjames | 2780 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 2781 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 2782 | uint32_t tmpccmr1; |
||
| 2783 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2784 | |
| 2785 | /* Check the TIM handle allocation */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2786 | if (htim == NULL) |
| 2 | mjames | 2787 | { |
| 2788 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2789 | } |
||
| 2790 | |||
| 2791 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2792 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 2793 | assert_param(IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE(htim->Init.CounterMode)); |
||
| 2794 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKDIVISION_DIV(htim->Init.ClockDivision)); |
||
| 2795 | assert_param(IS_TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD(htim->Init.AutoReloadPreload)); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2796 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_MODE(sConfig->EncoderMode)); |
| 2797 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC1Selection)); |
||
| 2798 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->IC2Selection)); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2799 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODERINPUT_POLARITY(sConfig->IC1Polarity)); |
| 2800 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODERINPUT_POLARITY(sConfig->IC2Polarity)); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2801 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC1Prescaler)); |
| 2802 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->IC2Prescaler)); |
||
| 2803 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC1Filter)); |
||
| 2804 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->IC2Filter)); |
||
| 2805 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 2806 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
| 2 | mjames | 2807 | { |
| 2808 | /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */ |
||
| 2809 | htim->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED; |
||
| 2810 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 2811 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 2812 | /* Reset interrupt callbacks to legacy weak callbacks */ |
||
| 2813 | TIM_ResetCallback(htim); |
||
| 2814 | |||
| 2815 | if (htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 2816 | { |
||
| 2817 | htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit; |
||
| 2818 | } |
||
| 2819 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
||
| 2820 | htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 2821 | #else |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2822 | /* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC and DMA */ |
| 2823 | HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(htim); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2824 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 2 | mjames | 2825 | } |
| 2826 | |||
| 2827 | /* Set the TIM state */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2828 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
| 2 | mjames | 2829 | |
| 28 | mjames | 2830 | /* Reset the SMS and ECE bits */ |
| 2831 | htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_ECE); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2832 | |
| 2833 | /* Configure the Time base in the Encoder Mode */ |
||
| 2834 | TIM_Base_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &htim->Init); |
||
| 2835 | |||
| 2836 | /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ |
||
| 2837 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; |
||
| 2838 | |||
| 2839 | /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ |
||
| 2840 | tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1; |
||
| 2841 | |||
| 2842 | /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ |
||
| 2843 | tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; |
||
| 2844 | |||
| 2845 | /* Set the encoder Mode */ |
||
| 2846 | tmpsmcr |= sConfig->EncoderMode; |
||
| 2847 | |||
| 2848 | /* Select the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 as input */ |
||
| 2849 | tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_CC1S | TIM_CCMR1_CC2S); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2850 | tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Selection | (sConfig->IC2Selection << 8U)); |
| 2 | mjames | 2851 | |
| 28 | mjames | 2852 | /* Set the Capture Compare 1 and the Capture Compare 2 prescalers and filters */ |
| 2 | mjames | 2853 | tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC | TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC); |
| 2854 | tmpccmr1 &= ~(TIM_CCMR1_IC1F | TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2855 | tmpccmr1 |= sConfig->IC1Prescaler | (sConfig->IC2Prescaler << 8U); |
| 2856 | tmpccmr1 |= (sConfig->IC1Filter << 4U) | (sConfig->IC2Filter << 12U); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2857 | |
| 2858 | /* Set the TI1 and the TI2 Polarities */ |
||
| 2859 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC2P); |
||
| 2860 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1NP | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2861 | tmpccer |= sConfig->IC1Polarity | (sConfig->IC2Polarity << 4U); |
| 2 | mjames | 2862 | |
| 2863 | /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ |
||
| 2864 | htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
| 2865 | |||
| 2866 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ |
||
| 2867 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; |
||
| 2868 | |||
| 2869 | /* Write to TIMx CCER */ |
||
| 2870 | htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 2871 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 2872 | /* Initialize the DMA burst operation state */ |
| 2873 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
| 2874 | |||
| 2875 | /* Set the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 2876 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2877 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 2878 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 2879 | /* Initialize the TIM state*/ |
| 28 | mjames | 2880 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
| 2 | mjames | 2881 | |
| 2882 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2883 | } |
||
| 2884 | |||
| 2885 | |||
| 2886 | /** |
||
| 2887 | * @brief DeInitializes the TIM Encoder interface |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2888 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
| 2 | mjames | 2889 | * @retval HAL status |
| 2890 | */ |
||
| 2891 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_DeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 2892 | { |
||
| 2893 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 2894 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2895 | |||
| 2896 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 2897 | |||
| 2898 | /* Disable the TIM Peripheral Clock */ |
||
| 2899 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 2900 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 2901 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 2902 | if (htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback == NULL) |
||
| 2903 | { |
||
| 2904 | htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit; |
||
| 2905 | } |
||
| 2906 | /* DeInit the low level hardware */ |
||
| 2907 | htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback(htim); |
||
| 2908 | #else |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2909 | /* DeInit the low level hardware: GPIO, CLOCK, NVIC */ |
| 2910 | HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(htim); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2911 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 2 | mjames | 2912 | |
| 28 | mjames | 2913 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
| 2914 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 2915 | |||
| 2916 | /* Set the TIM channels state */ |
||
| 2917 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 2918 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_RESET); |
||
| 2919 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 2920 | /* Change TIM state */ |
| 2921 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET; |
||
| 2922 | |||
| 2923 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
| 2924 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 2925 | |||
| 2926 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 2927 | } |
||
| 2928 | |||
| 2929 | /** |
||
| 2930 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Encoder Interface MSP. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2931 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
| 2 | mjames | 2932 | * @retval None |
| 2933 | */ |
||
| 2934 | __weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 2935 | { |
||
| 2936 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 2937 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 2938 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 2939 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 2 | mjames | 2940 | the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit could be implemented in the user file |
| 2941 | */ |
||
| 2942 | } |
||
| 2943 | |||
| 2944 | /** |
||
| 2945 | * @brief DeInitializes TIM Encoder Interface MSP. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2946 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
| 2 | mjames | 2947 | * @retval None |
| 2948 | */ |
||
| 2949 | __weak void HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 2950 | { |
||
| 2951 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 2952 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 2953 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 2954 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 2 | mjames | 2955 | the HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file |
| 2956 | */ |
||
| 2957 | } |
||
| 2958 | |||
| 2959 | /** |
||
| 2960 | * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2961 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
| 2962 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 2 | mjames | 2963 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 2964 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 2965 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 2966 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
| 2967 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2968 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 2969 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 2970 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 2971 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); |
| 2972 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); |
||
| 2973 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 2974 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 28 | mjames | 2975 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 2 | mjames | 2976 | |
| 28 | mjames | 2977 | /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ |
| 2978 | if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) |
||
| 2979 | { |
||
| 2980 | if (channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 2981 | { |
||
| 2982 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2983 | } |
||
| 2984 | else |
||
| 2985 | { |
||
| 2986 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 2987 | } |
||
| 2988 | } |
||
| 2989 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 2990 | { |
||
| 2991 | if (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 2992 | { |
||
| 2993 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 2994 | } |
||
| 2995 | else |
||
| 2996 | { |
||
| 2997 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 2998 | } |
||
| 2999 | } |
||
| 3000 | else |
||
| 3001 | { |
||
| 3002 | if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 3003 | || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) |
||
| 3004 | { |
||
| 3005 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3006 | } |
||
| 3007 | else |
||
| 3008 | { |
||
| 3009 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3010 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3011 | } |
||
| 3012 | } |
||
| 3013 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 3014 | /* Enable the encoder interface channels */ |
| 3015 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 3016 | { |
||
| 3017 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3018 | { |
| 3019 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3020 | break; |
| 28 | mjames | 3021 | } |
| 3022 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 3023 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
| 28 | mjames | 3024 | { |
| 3025 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3026 | break; |
| 28 | mjames | 3027 | } |
| 3028 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 3029 | default : |
| 28 | mjames | 3030 | { |
| 3031 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 3032 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 3033 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3034 | } |
| 3035 | } |
||
| 3036 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 3037 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 3038 | |||
| 3039 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 3040 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3041 | } |
||
| 3042 | |||
| 3043 | /** |
||
| 3044 | * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3045 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
| 3046 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3047 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 3048 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 3049 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 3050 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
| 3051 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3052 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 3053 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 3054 | { |
||
| 3055 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3056 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 2 | mjames | 3057 | |
| 28 | mjames | 3058 | /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 |
| 2 | mjames | 3059 | (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ |
| 3060 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 3061 | { |
||
| 3062 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3063 | { |
| 3064 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3065 | break; |
| 28 | mjames | 3066 | } |
| 3067 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 3068 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
| 28 | mjames | 3069 | { |
| 3070 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3071 | break; |
| 28 | mjames | 3072 | } |
| 3073 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 3074 | default : |
| 28 | mjames | 3075 | { |
| 3076 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3077 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3078 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3079 | } |
| 3080 | } |
||
| 3081 | |||
| 3082 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 3083 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 3084 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 3085 | /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ |
| 3086 | if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)) |
||
| 3087 | { |
||
| 3088 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3089 | } |
||
| 3090 | else |
||
| 3091 | { |
||
| 3092 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3093 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3094 | } |
||
| 3095 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 3096 | /* Return function status */ |
| 3097 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3098 | } |
||
| 3099 | |||
| 3100 | /** |
||
| 3101 | * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3102 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
| 3103 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3104 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 3105 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 3106 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 3107 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
| 3108 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3109 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 3110 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 3111 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3112 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); |
| 3113 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); |
||
| 3114 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 3115 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 28 | mjames | 3116 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 2 | mjames | 3117 | |
| 28 | mjames | 3118 | /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ |
| 3119 | if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) |
||
| 3120 | { |
||
| 3121 | if (channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 3122 | { |
||
| 3123 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3124 | } |
||
| 3125 | else |
||
| 3126 | { |
||
| 3127 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3128 | } |
||
| 3129 | } |
||
| 3130 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 3131 | { |
||
| 3132 | if (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 3133 | { |
||
| 3134 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3135 | } |
||
| 3136 | else |
||
| 3137 | { |
||
| 3138 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3139 | } |
||
| 3140 | } |
||
| 3141 | else |
||
| 3142 | { |
||
| 3143 | if ((channel_1_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 3144 | || (channel_2_state != HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) |
||
| 3145 | { |
||
| 3146 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3147 | } |
||
| 3148 | else |
||
| 3149 | { |
||
| 3150 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3151 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3152 | } |
||
| 3153 | } |
||
| 3154 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 3155 | /* Enable the encoder interface channels */ |
| 3156 | /* Enable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and/or 2 */ |
||
| 3157 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 3158 | { |
||
| 3159 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3160 | { |
| 3161 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 3162 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3163 | break; |
| 28 | mjames | 3164 | } |
| 3165 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 3166 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
| 28 | mjames | 3167 | { |
| 3168 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 3169 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3170 | break; |
| 28 | mjames | 3171 | } |
| 3172 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 3173 | default : |
| 28 | mjames | 3174 | { |
| 3175 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 3176 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 3177 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 3178 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 3179 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3180 | } |
| 3181 | } |
||
| 3182 | |||
| 3183 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 3184 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 3185 | |||
| 3186 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 3187 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3188 | } |
||
| 3189 | |||
| 3190 | /** |
||
| 3191 | * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in interrupt mode. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3192 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
| 3193 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be disabled |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3194 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 3195 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 3196 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 3197 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
| 3198 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3199 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 3200 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 3201 | { |
||
| 3202 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3203 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 2 | mjames | 3204 | |
| 3205 | /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 |
||
| 3206 | (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3207 | if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) |
| 2 | mjames | 3208 | { |
| 3209 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3210 | |||
| 3211 | /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3212 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
| 2 | mjames | 3213 | } |
| 28 | mjames | 3214 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
| 2 | mjames | 3215 | { |
| 3216 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3217 | |||
| 3218 | /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 2 */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3219 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
| 2 | mjames | 3220 | } |
| 3221 | else |
||
| 3222 | { |
||
| 3223 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3224 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3225 | |||
| 3226 | /* Disable the capture compare Interrupts 1 and 2 */ |
||
| 3227 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 3228 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 3229 | } |
||
| 3230 | |||
| 3231 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 3232 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 3233 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 3234 | /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ |
| 3235 | if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)) |
||
| 3236 | { |
||
| 3237 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3238 | } |
||
| 3239 | else |
||
| 3240 | { |
||
| 3241 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3242 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3243 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3244 | |
| 3245 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 3246 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3247 | } |
||
| 3248 | |||
| 3249 | /** |
||
| 3250 | * @brief Starts the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3251 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
| 3252 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3253 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 3254 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 3255 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 3256 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3257 | * @param pData1 The destination Buffer address for IC1. |
| 3258 | * @param pData2 The destination Buffer address for IC2. |
||
| 3259 | * @param Length The length of data to be transferred from TIM peripheral to memory. |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3260 | * @retval HAL status |
| 28 | mjames | 3261 | */ |
| 3262 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Start_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t *pData1, |
||
| 3263 | uint32_t *pData2, uint16_t Length) |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3264 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 3265 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_1_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1); |
| 3266 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_2_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2); |
||
| 3267 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 3268 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 28 | mjames | 3269 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 2 | mjames | 3270 | |
| 28 | mjames | 3271 | /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ |
| 3272 | if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3273 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 3274 | if (channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) |
| 3275 | { |
||
| 3276 | return HAL_BUSY; |
||
| 3277 | } |
||
| 3278 | else if (channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 3279 | { |
||
| 3280 | if ((pData1 == NULL) && (Length > 0U)) |
||
| 3281 | { |
||
| 3282 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3283 | } |
||
| 3284 | else |
||
| 3285 | { |
||
| 3286 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3287 | } |
||
| 3288 | } |
||
| 3289 | else |
||
| 3290 | { |
||
| 3291 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3292 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3293 | } |
| 28 | mjames | 3294 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
| 2 | mjames | 3295 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 3296 | if (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) |
| 2 | mjames | 3297 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 3298 | return HAL_BUSY; |
| 2 | mjames | 3299 | } |
| 28 | mjames | 3300 | else if (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
| 3301 | { |
||
| 3302 | if ((pData2 == NULL) && (Length > 0U)) |
||
| 3303 | { |
||
| 3304 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3305 | } |
||
| 3306 | else |
||
| 3307 | { |
||
| 3308 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3309 | } |
||
| 3310 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3311 | else |
| 3312 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3313 | return HAL_ERROR; |
| 2 | mjames | 3314 | } |
| 3315 | } |
||
| 3316 | else |
||
| 3317 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3318 | if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY) |
| 3319 | || (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY)) |
||
| 3320 | { |
||
| 3321 | return HAL_BUSY; |
||
| 3322 | } |
||
| 3323 | else if ((channel_1_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY) |
||
| 3324 | && (channel_2_state == HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY)) |
||
| 3325 | { |
||
| 3326 | if ((((pData1 == NULL) || (pData2 == NULL))) && (Length > 0U)) |
||
| 3327 | { |
||
| 3328 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3329 | } |
||
| 3330 | else |
||
| 3331 | { |
||
| 3332 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3333 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_BUSY); |
||
| 3334 | } |
||
| 3335 | } |
||
| 3336 | else |
||
| 3337 | { |
||
| 3338 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3339 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3340 | } |
| 3341 | |||
| 3342 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 3343 | { |
||
| 3344 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 3345 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3346 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
| 2 | mjames | 3347 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
| 28 | mjames | 3348 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
| 2 | mjames | 3349 | |
| 3350 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 3351 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 3352 | |||
| 3353 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3354 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, Length) != HAL_OK) |
| 3355 | { |
||
| 3356 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3357 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3358 | /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ |
| 3359 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 3360 | |||
| 3361 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 3362 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 3363 | |||
| 3364 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 3365 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3366 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 3367 | } |
| 3368 | |||
| 3369 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 3370 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3371 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
| 2 | mjames | 3372 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
| 28 | mjames | 3373 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
| 2 | mjames | 3374 | |
| 3375 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 3376 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError; |
||
| 3377 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3378 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length) != HAL_OK) |
| 3379 | { |
||
| 3380 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3381 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3382 | /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ |
| 3383 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 3384 | |||
| 3385 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 3386 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
||
| 3387 | |||
| 3388 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 3389 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3390 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 3391 | } |
| 3392 | |||
| 3393 | case TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: |
||
| 3394 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3395 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
| 2 | mjames | 3396 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
| 28 | mjames | 3397 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
| 2 | mjames | 3398 | |
| 3399 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 3400 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 3401 | |||
| 3402 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3403 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR1, (uint32_t)pData1, Length) != HAL_OK) |
| 3404 | { |
||
| 3405 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3406 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3407 | |
| 28 | mjames | 3408 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
| 2 | mjames | 3409 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
| 28 | mjames | 3410 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
| 2 | mjames | 3411 | |
| 3412 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 3413 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 3414 | |||
| 3415 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3416 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->CCR2, (uint32_t)pData2, Length) != HAL_OK) |
| 3417 | { |
||
| 3418 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 3419 | } |
||
| 3420 | /* Enable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3421 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE(htim); |
| 3422 | |||
| 3423 | /* Enable the Capture compare channel */ |
||
| 3424 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 3425 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_ENABLE); |
||
| 3426 | |||
| 3427 | /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ |
||
| 3428 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 3429 | /* Enable the TIM Input Capture DMA request */ |
||
| 3430 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3431 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 3432 | } |
| 3433 | |||
| 3434 | default: |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3435 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 3436 | } |
| 28 | mjames | 3437 | |
| 2 | mjames | 3438 | /* Return function status */ |
| 3439 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3440 | } |
||
| 3441 | |||
| 3442 | /** |
||
| 3443 | * @brief Stops the TIM Encoder Interface in DMA mode. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3444 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
| 3445 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3446 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 3447 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 3448 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 3449 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_ALL: TIM Channel 1 and TIM Channel 2 are selected |
||
| 3450 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3451 | */ |
| 2 | mjames | 3452 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_Stop_DMA(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
| 3453 | { |
||
| 3454 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3455 | assert_param(IS_TIM_ENCODER_INTERFACE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 2 | mjames | 3456 | |
| 3457 | /* Disable the Input Capture channels 1 and 2 |
||
| 3458 | (in the EncoderInterface the two possible channels that can be used are TIM_CHANNEL_1 and TIM_CHANNEL_2) */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3459 | if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) |
| 2 | mjames | 3460 | { |
| 3461 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3462 | |||
| 3463 | /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 */ |
||
| 3464 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3465 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
| 2 | mjames | 3466 | } |
| 28 | mjames | 3467 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
| 2 | mjames | 3468 | { |
| 3469 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3470 | |||
| 3471 | /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 2 */ |
||
| 3472 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3473 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
| 2 | mjames | 3474 | } |
| 3475 | else |
||
| 3476 | { |
||
| 3477 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_1, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3478 | TIM_CCxChannelCmd(htim->Instance, TIM_CHANNEL_2, TIM_CCx_DISABLE); |
||
| 3479 | |||
| 3480 | /* Disable the capture compare DMA Request 1 and 2 */ |
||
| 3481 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC1); |
||
| 3482 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_CC2); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3483 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
| 3484 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3485 | } |
| 3486 | |||
| 3487 | /* Disable the Peripheral */ |
||
| 3488 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE(htim); |
||
| 3489 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 3490 | /* Set the TIM channel(s) state */ |
| 3491 | if ((Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) || (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2)) |
||
| 3492 | { |
||
| 3493 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, Channel, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3494 | } |
||
| 3495 | else |
||
| 3496 | { |
||
| 3497 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3498 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 3499 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3500 | |
| 3501 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 3502 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3503 | } |
||
| 3504 | |||
| 3505 | /** |
||
| 3506 | * @} |
||
| 3507 | */ |
||
| 3508 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group7 TIM IRQ handler management |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3509 | * @brief TIM IRQ handler management |
| 3510 | * |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3511 | @verbatim |
| 3512 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 3513 | ##### IRQ handler management ##### |
||
| 3514 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 3515 | [..] |
||
| 3516 | This section provides Timer IRQ handler function. |
||
| 3517 | |||
| 3518 | @endverbatim |
||
| 3519 | * @{ |
||
| 3520 | */ |
||
| 3521 | /** |
||
| 3522 | * @brief This function handles TIM interrupts requests. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3523 | * @param htim TIM handle |
| 2 | mjames | 3524 | * @retval None |
| 3525 | */ |
||
| 3526 | void HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 3527 | { |
||
| 3528 | /* Capture compare 1 event */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3529 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC1) != RESET) |
| 2 | mjames | 3530 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 3531 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC1) != RESET) |
| 2 | mjames | 3532 | { |
| 3533 | { |
||
| 3534 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC1); |
||
| 3535 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; |
||
| 3536 | |||
| 3537 | /* Input capture event */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3538 | if ((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC1S) != 0x00U) |
| 2 | mjames | 3539 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 3540 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 3541 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
| 3542 | #else |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3543 | HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
| 28 | mjames | 3544 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 2 | mjames | 3545 | } |
| 3546 | /* Output compare event */ |
||
| 3547 | else |
||
| 3548 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3549 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 3550 | htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3551 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3552 | #else |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3553 | HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
| 3554 | HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3555 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 2 | mjames | 3556 | } |
| 3557 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 3558 | } |
||
| 3559 | } |
||
| 3560 | } |
||
| 3561 | /* Capture compare 2 event */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3562 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC2) != RESET) |
| 2 | mjames | 3563 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 3564 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC2) != RESET) |
| 2 | mjames | 3565 | { |
| 3566 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC2); |
||
| 3567 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; |
||
| 3568 | /* Input capture event */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3569 | if ((htim->Instance->CCMR1 & TIM_CCMR1_CC2S) != 0x00U) |
| 2 | mjames | 3570 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 3571 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 3572 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
| 3573 | #else |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3574 | HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
| 28 | mjames | 3575 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 2 | mjames | 3576 | } |
| 3577 | /* Output compare event */ |
||
| 3578 | else |
||
| 3579 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3580 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 3581 | htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3582 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3583 | #else |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3584 | HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
| 3585 | HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3586 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 2 | mjames | 3587 | } |
| 3588 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 3589 | } |
||
| 3590 | } |
||
| 3591 | /* Capture compare 3 event */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3592 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC3) != RESET) |
| 2 | mjames | 3593 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 3594 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC3) != RESET) |
| 2 | mjames | 3595 | { |
| 3596 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC3); |
||
| 3597 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; |
||
| 3598 | /* Input capture event */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3599 | if ((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC3S) != 0x00U) |
| 2 | mjames | 3600 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 3601 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 3602 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
| 3603 | #else |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3604 | HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
| 28 | mjames | 3605 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 2 | mjames | 3606 | } |
| 3607 | /* Output compare event */ |
||
| 3608 | else |
||
| 3609 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3610 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 3611 | htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3612 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3613 | #else |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3614 | HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
| 3615 | HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3616 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 2 | mjames | 3617 | } |
| 3618 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 3619 | } |
||
| 3620 | } |
||
| 3621 | /* Capture compare 4 event */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3622 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_CC4) != RESET) |
| 2 | mjames | 3623 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 3624 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_CC4) != RESET) |
| 2 | mjames | 3625 | { |
| 3626 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_CC4); |
||
| 3627 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; |
||
| 3628 | /* Input capture event */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3629 | if ((htim->Instance->CCMR2 & TIM_CCMR2_CC4S) != 0x00U) |
| 2 | mjames | 3630 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 3631 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 3632 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
| 3633 | #else |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3634 | HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
| 28 | mjames | 3635 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 2 | mjames | 3636 | } |
| 3637 | /* Output compare event */ |
||
| 3638 | else |
||
| 3639 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3640 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 3641 | htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3642 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3643 | #else |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3644 | HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(htim); |
| 3645 | HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3646 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 2 | mjames | 3647 | } |
| 3648 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 3649 | } |
||
| 3650 | } |
||
| 3651 | /* TIM Update event */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3652 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_UPDATE) != RESET) |
| 2 | mjames | 3653 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 3654 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE) != RESET) |
| 2 | mjames | 3655 | { |
| 3656 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_UPDATE); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3657 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 3658 | htim->PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 3659 | #else |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3660 | HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); |
| 28 | mjames | 3661 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 2 | mjames | 3662 | } |
| 3663 | } |
||
| 3664 | /* TIM Trigger detection event */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3665 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_FLAG(htim, TIM_FLAG_TRIGGER) != RESET) |
| 2 | mjames | 3666 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 3667 | if (__HAL_TIM_GET_IT_SOURCE(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER) != RESET) |
| 2 | mjames | 3668 | { |
| 3669 | __HAL_TIM_CLEAR_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3670 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 3671 | htim->TriggerCallback(htim); |
||
| 3672 | #else |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3673 | HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim); |
| 28 | mjames | 3674 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 2 | mjames | 3675 | } |
| 3676 | } |
||
| 3677 | } |
||
| 3678 | |||
| 3679 | /** |
||
| 3680 | * @} |
||
| 3681 | */ |
||
| 3682 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 3683 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group8 TIM Peripheral Control functions |
| 3684 | * @brief TIM Peripheral Control functions |
||
| 3685 | * |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3686 | @verbatim |
| 3687 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 3688 | ##### Peripheral Control functions ##### |
||
| 3689 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 3690 | [..] |
||
| 3691 | This section provides functions allowing to: |
||
| 3692 | (+) Configure The Input Output channels for OC, PWM, IC or One Pulse mode. |
||
| 3693 | (+) Configure External Clock source. |
||
| 3694 | (+) Configure Master and the Slave synchronization. |
||
| 3695 | (+) Configure the DMA Burst Mode. |
||
| 3696 | |||
| 3697 | @endverbatim |
||
| 3698 | * @{ |
||
| 3699 | */ |
||
| 3700 | |||
| 3701 | /** |
||
| 3702 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Output Compare Channels according to the specified |
||
| 3703 | * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3704 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
| 3705 | * @param sConfig TIM Output Compare configuration structure |
||
| 3706 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to configure |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3707 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 3708 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 3709 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 3710 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 3711 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 3712 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 3713 | */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3714 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, |
| 3715 | TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *sConfig, |
||
| 3716 | uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3717 | { |
| 3718 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 3719 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); |
||
| 3720 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_MODE(sConfig->OCMode)); |
||
| 3721 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity)); |
||
| 3722 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 3723 | /* Process Locked */ |
| 2 | mjames | 3724 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
| 3725 | |||
| 3726 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 3727 | { |
||
| 3728 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 3729 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3730 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 2 | mjames | 3731 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 28 | mjames | 3732 | |
| 2 | mjames | 3733 | /* Configure the TIM Channel 1 in Output Compare */ |
| 3734 | TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3735 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 3736 | } |
| 3737 | |||
| 3738 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 3739 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3740 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 2 | mjames | 3741 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 28 | mjames | 3742 | |
| 2 | mjames | 3743 | /* Configure the TIM Channel 2 in Output Compare */ |
| 3744 | TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3745 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 3746 | } |
| 3747 | |||
| 3748 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 3749 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3750 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 3751 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3752 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 3753 | /* Configure the TIM Channel 3 in Output Compare */ |
| 3754 | TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3755 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 3756 | } |
| 3757 | |||
| 3758 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 3759 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3760 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 2 | mjames | 3761 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 28 | mjames | 3762 | |
| 3763 | /* Configure the TIM Channel 4 in Output Compare */ |
||
| 3764 | TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 3765 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3766 | } |
| 3767 | |||
| 3768 | default: |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3769 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 3770 | } |
| 3771 | |||
| 3772 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 3773 | |||
| 3774 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3775 | } |
||
| 3776 | |||
| 3777 | /** |
||
| 3778 | * @brief Initializes the TIM Input Capture Channels according to the specified |
||
| 3779 | * parameters in the TIM_IC_InitTypeDef. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3780 | * @param htim TIM IC handle |
| 3781 | * @param sConfig TIM Input Capture configuration structure |
||
| 3782 | * @param Channel TIM Channel to configure |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3783 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 3784 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 3785 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 3786 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 3787 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 3788 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 3789 | */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3790 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_IC_InitTypeDef *sConfig, uint32_t Channel) |
| 2 | mjames | 3791 | { |
| 3792 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 3793 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3794 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_POLARITY(sConfig->ICPolarity)); |
||
| 3795 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_SELECTION(sConfig->ICSelection)); |
||
| 3796 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_PRESCALER(sConfig->ICPrescaler)); |
||
| 3797 | assert_param(IS_TIM_IC_FILTER(sConfig->ICFilter)); |
||
| 3798 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 3799 | /* Process Locked */ |
| 2 | mjames | 3800 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
| 3801 | |||
| 3802 | if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_1) |
||
| 3803 | { |
||
| 3804 | /* TI1 Configuration */ |
||
| 3805 | TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3806 | sConfig->ICPolarity, |
| 3807 | sConfig->ICSelection, |
||
| 3808 | sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3809 | |
| 3810 | /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ |
||
| 3811 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; |
||
| 3812 | |||
| 3813 | /* Set the IC1PSC value */ |
||
| 3814 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler; |
||
| 3815 | } |
||
| 3816 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_2) |
||
| 3817 | { |
||
| 3818 | /* TI2 Configuration */ |
||
| 3819 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3820 | |||
| 3821 | TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
| 3822 | sConfig->ICPolarity, |
||
| 3823 | sConfig->ICSelection, |
||
| 3824 | sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
| 3825 | |||
| 3826 | /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ |
||
| 3827 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; |
||
| 3828 | |||
| 3829 | /* Set the IC2PSC value */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3830 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U); |
| 2 | mjames | 3831 | } |
| 3832 | else if (Channel == TIM_CHANNEL_3) |
||
| 3833 | { |
||
| 3834 | /* TI3 Configuration */ |
||
| 3835 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3836 | |||
| 3837 | TIM_TI3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3838 | sConfig->ICPolarity, |
| 3839 | sConfig->ICSelection, |
||
| 3840 | sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3841 | |
| 3842 | /* Reset the IC3PSC Bits */ |
||
| 3843 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3PSC; |
||
| 3844 | |||
| 3845 | /* Set the IC3PSC value */ |
||
| 3846 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->ICPrescaler; |
||
| 3847 | } |
||
| 3848 | else |
||
| 3849 | { |
||
| 3850 | /* TI4 Configuration */ |
||
| 3851 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 3852 | |||
| 3853 | TIM_TI4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3854 | sConfig->ICPolarity, |
| 3855 | sConfig->ICSelection, |
||
| 3856 | sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3857 | |
| 3858 | /* Reset the IC4PSC Bits */ |
||
| 3859 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4PSC; |
||
| 3860 | |||
| 3861 | /* Set the IC4PSC value */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3862 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= (sConfig->ICPrescaler << 8U); |
| 2 | mjames | 3863 | } |
| 3864 | |||
| 3865 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 3866 | |||
| 3867 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3868 | } |
||
| 3869 | |||
| 3870 | /** |
||
| 3871 | * @brief Initializes the TIM PWM channels according to the specified |
||
| 3872 | * parameters in the TIM_OC_InitTypeDef. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3873 | * @param htim TIM PWM handle |
| 3874 | * @param sConfig TIM PWM configuration structure |
||
| 3875 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be configured |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3876 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 3877 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 3878 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 3879 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 3880 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 3881 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 3882 | */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3883 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, |
| 3884 | TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *sConfig, |
||
| 3885 | uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3886 | { |
| 3887 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 3888 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); |
||
| 3889 | assert_param(IS_TIM_PWM_MODE(sConfig->OCMode)); |
||
| 3890 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OC_POLARITY(sConfig->OCPolarity)); |
||
| 3891 | assert_param(IS_TIM_FAST_STATE(sConfig->OCFastMode)); |
||
| 3892 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 3893 | /* Process Locked */ |
| 3894 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3895 | |
| 3896 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 3897 | { |
||
| 3898 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 3899 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3900 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 2 | mjames | 3901 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 28 | mjames | 3902 | |
| 2 | mjames | 3903 | /* Configure the Channel 1 in PWM mode */ |
| 3904 | TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 3905 | |||
| 3906 | /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel1 */ |
||
| 3907 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC1PE; |
||
| 3908 | |||
| 3909 | /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ |
||
| 3910 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1FE; |
||
| 3911 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode; |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3912 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 3913 | } |
| 3914 | |||
| 3915 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 3916 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3917 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 2 | mjames | 3918 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 28 | mjames | 3919 | |
| 2 | mjames | 3920 | /* Configure the Channel 2 in PWM mode */ |
| 3921 | TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 3922 | |||
| 3923 | /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel2 */ |
||
| 3924 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= TIM_CCMR1_OC2PE; |
||
| 3925 | |||
| 3926 | /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ |
||
| 3927 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2FE; |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3928 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8U; |
| 3929 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3930 | } |
| 3931 | |||
| 3932 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
||
| 3933 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3934 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 2 | mjames | 3935 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 28 | mjames | 3936 | |
| 2 | mjames | 3937 | /* Configure the Channel 3 in PWM mode */ |
| 3938 | TIM_OC3_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 3939 | |||
| 3940 | /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel3 */ |
||
| 3941 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC3PE; |
||
| 3942 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 3943 | /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ |
| 2 | mjames | 3944 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3FE; |
| 3945 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode; |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3946 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 3947 | } |
| 3948 | |||
| 3949 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
||
| 3950 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3951 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 2 | mjames | 3952 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 28 | mjames | 3953 | |
| 2 | mjames | 3954 | /* Configure the Channel 4 in PWM mode */ |
| 3955 | TIM_OC4_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig); |
||
| 3956 | |||
| 3957 | /* Set the Preload enable bit for channel4 */ |
||
| 3958 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= TIM_CCMR2_OC4PE; |
||
| 3959 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 3960 | /* Configure the Output Fast mode */ |
| 2 | mjames | 3961 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4FE; |
| 28 | mjames | 3962 | htim->Instance->CCMR2 |= sConfig->OCFastMode << 8U; |
| 3963 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3964 | } |
| 3965 | |||
| 3966 | default: |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3967 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 3968 | } |
| 3969 | |||
| 3970 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 3971 | |||
| 3972 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 3973 | } |
||
| 3974 | |||
| 3975 | /** |
||
| 3976 | * @brief Initializes the TIM One Pulse Channels according to the specified |
||
| 3977 | * parameters in the TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3978 | * @param htim TIM One Pulse handle |
| 3979 | * @param sConfig TIM One Pulse configuration structure |
||
| 3980 | * @param OutputChannel TIM output channel to configure |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3981 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 3982 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 3983 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3984 | * @param InputChannel TIM input Channel to configure |
| 2 | mjames | 3985 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 3986 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 3987 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3988 | * @note To output a waveform with a minimum delay user can enable the fast |
| 3989 | * mode by calling the @ref __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_OCxFAST macro. Then CCx |
||
| 3990 | * output is forced in response to the edge detection on TIx input, |
||
| 3991 | * without taking in account the comparison. |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3992 | * @retval HAL status |
| 3993 | */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 3994 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_ConfigChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_OnePulse_InitTypeDef *sConfig, |
| 3995 | uint32_t OutputChannel, uint32_t InputChannel) |
||
| 2 | mjames | 3996 | { |
| 3997 | TIM_OC_InitTypeDef temp1; |
||
| 3998 | |||
| 3999 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4000 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(OutputChannel)); |
||
| 4001 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OPM_CHANNELS(InputChannel)); |
||
| 4002 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 4003 | if (OutputChannel != InputChannel) |
| 2 | mjames | 4004 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 4005 | /* Process Locked */ |
| 4006 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4007 | |
| 28 | mjames | 4008 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
| 2 | mjames | 4009 | |
| 28 | mjames | 4010 | /* Extract the Output compare configuration from sConfig structure */ |
| 4011 | temp1.OCMode = sConfig->OCMode; |
||
| 4012 | temp1.Pulse = sConfig->Pulse; |
||
| 4013 | temp1.OCPolarity = sConfig->OCPolarity; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4014 | |
| 4015 | switch (OutputChannel) |
||
| 4016 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4017 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
| 4018 | { |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4019 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 4020 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 4021 | TIM_OC1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1); |
| 4022 | break; |
||
| 4023 | } |
||
| 4024 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 4025 | { |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4026 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
| 4027 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 4028 | TIM_OC2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, &temp1); |
| 4029 | break; |
||
| 4030 | } |
||
| 4031 | default: |
||
| 4032 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4033 | } |
| 28 | mjames | 4034 | |
| 4035 | switch (InputChannel) |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4036 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 4037 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
| 4038 | { |
||
| 4039 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4040 | |
| 28 | mjames | 4041 | TIM_TI1_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity, |
| 4042 | sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4043 | |
| 28 | mjames | 4044 | /* Reset the IC1PSC Bits */ |
| 4045 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1PSC; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4046 | |
| 28 | mjames | 4047 | /* Select the Trigger source */ |
| 4048 | htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; |
||
| 4049 | htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI1FP1; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4050 | |
| 28 | mjames | 4051 | /* Select the Slave Mode */ |
| 4052 | htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 4053 | htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER; |
||
| 4054 | break; |
||
| 4055 | } |
||
| 4056 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
||
| 4057 | { |
||
| 4058 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4059 | |
| 28 | mjames | 4060 | TIM_TI2_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sConfig->ICPolarity, |
| 4061 | sConfig->ICSelection, sConfig->ICFilter); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4062 | |
| 28 | mjames | 4063 | /* Reset the IC2PSC Bits */ |
| 4064 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2PSC; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4065 | |
| 28 | mjames | 4066 | /* Select the Trigger source */ |
| 4067 | htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; |
||
| 4068 | htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_TS_TI2FP2; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4069 | |
| 28 | mjames | 4070 | /* Select the Slave Mode */ |
| 4071 | htim->Instance->SMCR &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 4072 | htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SLAVEMODE_TRIGGER; |
||
| 4073 | break; |
||
| 4074 | } |
||
| 4075 | |||
| 4076 | default: |
||
| 4077 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4078 | } |
| 4079 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 4080 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
| 2 | mjames | 4081 | |
| 28 | mjames | 4082 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
| 2 | mjames | 4083 | |
| 28 | mjames | 4084 | return HAL_OK; |
| 4085 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4086 | else |
| 4087 | { |
||
| 4088 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4089 | } |
||
| 4090 | } |
||
| 4091 | |||
| 4092 | /** |
||
| 4093 | * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4094 | * @param htim TIM handle |
| 4095 | * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data write |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4096 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 4097 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 |
||
| 4098 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 |
||
| 4099 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR |
||
| 4100 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER |
||
| 4101 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR |
||
| 4102 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR |
||
| 4103 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 |
||
| 4104 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 |
||
| 4105 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER |
||
| 4106 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT |
||
| 4107 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC |
||
| 4108 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR |
||
| 4109 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 |
||
| 4110 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 |
||
| 4111 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 |
||
| 4112 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4113 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR |
| 4114 | * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4115 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 4116 | * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source |
||
| 4117 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source |
||
| 4118 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source |
||
| 4119 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source |
||
| 4120 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source |
||
| 4121 | * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4122 | * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address. |
| 4123 | * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4124 | * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. |
| 28 | mjames | 4125 | * @note This function should be used only when BurstLength is equal to DMA data transfer length. |
| 2 | mjames | 4126 | * @retval HAL status |
| 4127 | */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4128 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, |
| 4129 | uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength) |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4130 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 4131 | return HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiWriteStart(htim, BurstBaseAddress, BurstRequestSrc, BurstBuffer, BurstLength, |
| 4132 | ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); |
||
| 4133 | } |
||
| 4134 | |||
| 4135 | /** |
||
| 4136 | * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer multiple Data from the memory to the TIM peripheral |
||
| 4137 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 4138 | * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data write |
||
| 4139 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 4140 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 |
||
| 4141 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 |
||
| 4142 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR |
||
| 4143 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER |
||
| 4144 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR |
||
| 4145 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR |
||
| 4146 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 |
||
| 4147 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 |
||
| 4148 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER |
||
| 4149 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT |
||
| 4150 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC |
||
| 4151 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR |
||
| 4152 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 |
||
| 4153 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 |
||
| 4154 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 |
||
| 4155 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 |
||
| 4156 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR |
||
| 4157 | * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources |
||
| 4158 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 4159 | * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source |
||
| 4160 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source |
||
| 4161 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source |
||
| 4162 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source |
||
| 4163 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source |
||
| 4164 | * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source |
||
| 4165 | * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address. |
||
| 4166 | * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value |
||
| 4167 | * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. |
||
| 4168 | * @param DataLength Data length. This parameter can be one value |
||
| 4169 | * between 1 and 0xFFFF. |
||
| 4170 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 4171 | */ |
||
| 4172 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiWriteStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, |
||
| 4173 | uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer, |
||
| 4174 | uint32_t BurstLength, uint32_t DataLength) |
||
| 4175 | { |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4176 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 4177 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4178 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress)); |
||
| 4179 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); |
||
| 4180 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength)); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4181 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_DATA_LENGTH(DataLength)); |
| 2 | mjames | 4182 | |
| 28 | mjames | 4183 | if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY) |
| 2 | mjames | 4184 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 4185 | return HAL_BUSY; |
| 2 | mjames | 4186 | } |
| 28 | mjames | 4187 | else if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY) |
| 2 | mjames | 4188 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 4189 | if ((BurstBuffer == NULL) && (BurstLength > 0U)) |
| 2 | mjames | 4190 | { |
| 4191 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4192 | } |
||
| 4193 | else |
||
| 4194 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4195 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY; |
| 2 | mjames | 4196 | } |
| 4197 | } |
||
| 4198 | else |
||
| 4199 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4200 | /* nothing to do */ |
| 2 | mjames | 4201 | } |
| 28 | mjames | 4202 | switch (BurstRequestSrc) |
| 2 | mjames | 4203 | { |
| 4204 | case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: |
||
| 4205 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4206 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */ |
| 2 | mjames | 4207 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; |
| 28 | mjames | 4208 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt; |
| 2 | mjames | 4209 | |
| 4210 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4211 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4212 | |||
| 4213 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4214 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
| 4215 | (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 4216 | { |
||
| 4217 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4218 | } |
||
| 4219 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4220 | } |
| 4221 | case TIM_DMA_CC1: |
||
| 4222 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4223 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
| 4224 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 4225 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4226 | |
| 4227 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4228 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4229 | |||
| 4230 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4231 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
| 4232 | (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 4233 | { |
||
| 4234 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4235 | } |
||
| 4236 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4237 | } |
| 4238 | case TIM_DMA_CC2: |
||
| 4239 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4240 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
| 4241 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 4242 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4243 | |
| 4244 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4245 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4246 | |||
| 4247 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4248 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
| 4249 | (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 4250 | { |
||
| 4251 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4252 | } |
||
| 4253 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4254 | } |
| 4255 | case TIM_DMA_CC3: |
||
| 4256 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4257 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
| 4258 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 4259 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4260 | |
| 4261 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4262 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4263 | |||
| 4264 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4265 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
| 4266 | (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 4267 | { |
||
| 4268 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4269 | } |
||
| 4270 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4271 | } |
| 4272 | case TIM_DMA_CC4: |
||
| 4273 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4274 | /* Set the DMA compare callbacks */ |
| 4275 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt; |
||
| 4276 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4277 | |
| 4278 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4279 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4280 | |||
| 4281 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4282 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
| 4283 | (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 4284 | { |
||
| 4285 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4286 | } |
||
| 4287 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4288 | } |
| 4289 | case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: |
||
| 4290 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4291 | /* Set the DMA trigger callbacks */ |
| 2 | mjames | 4292 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt; |
| 28 | mjames | 4293 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt; |
| 2 | mjames | 4294 | |
| 4295 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4296 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4297 | |||
| 4298 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4299 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
| 4300 | (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 4301 | { |
||
| 4302 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4303 | } |
||
| 4304 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4305 | } |
| 4306 | default: |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4307 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 4308 | } |
| 4309 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 4310 | /* Configure the DMA Burst Mode */ |
| 4311 | htim->Instance->DCR = (BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength); |
||
| 4312 | /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */ |
||
| 4313 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4314 | |
| 4315 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 4316 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 4317 | } |
||
| 4318 | |||
| 4319 | /** |
||
| 4320 | * @brief Stops the TIM DMA Burst mode |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4321 | * @param htim TIM handle |
| 4322 | * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources to disable |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4323 | * @retval HAL status |
| 4324 | */ |
||
| 4325 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_WriteStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc) |
||
| 4326 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4327 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
| 2 | mjames | 4328 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 4329 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); |
||
| 4330 | |||
| 4331 | /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4332 | switch (BurstRequestSrc) |
| 2 | mjames | 4333 | { |
| 4334 | case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: |
||
| 4335 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4336 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); |
| 4337 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4338 | } |
| 4339 | case TIM_DMA_CC1: |
||
| 4340 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4341 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
| 4342 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4343 | } |
| 4344 | case TIM_DMA_CC2: |
||
| 4345 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4346 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
| 4347 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4348 | } |
| 4349 | case TIM_DMA_CC3: |
||
| 4350 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4351 | status = HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); |
| 4352 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4353 | } |
| 4354 | case TIM_DMA_CC4: |
||
| 4355 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4356 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); |
| 4357 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4358 | } |
| 4359 | case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: |
||
| 4360 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4361 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]); |
| 4362 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4363 | } |
| 4364 | default: |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4365 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 4366 | } |
| 4367 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 4368 | if (HAL_OK == status) |
| 4369 | { |
||
| 4370 | /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ |
||
| 4371 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); |
||
| 4372 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4373 | |
| 28 | mjames | 4374 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
| 4375 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
| 4376 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 4377 | /* Return function status */ |
| 28 | mjames | 4378 | return status; |
| 2 | mjames | 4379 | } |
| 4380 | |||
| 4381 | /** |
||
| 4382 | * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4383 | * @param htim TIM handle |
| 4384 | * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data read |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4385 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 4386 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 |
||
| 4387 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 |
||
| 4388 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR |
||
| 4389 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER |
||
| 4390 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR |
||
| 4391 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR |
||
| 4392 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 |
||
| 4393 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 |
||
| 4394 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER |
||
| 4395 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT |
||
| 4396 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC |
||
| 4397 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR |
||
| 4398 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 |
||
| 4399 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 |
||
| 4400 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 |
||
| 4401 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4402 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR |
| 4403 | * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4404 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 4405 | * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source |
||
| 4406 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source |
||
| 4407 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source |
||
| 4408 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source |
||
| 4409 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source |
||
| 4410 | * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4411 | * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address. |
| 4412 | * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4413 | * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. |
| 28 | mjames | 4414 | * @note This function should be used only when BurstLength is equal to DMA data transfer length. |
| 2 | mjames | 4415 | * @retval HAL status |
| 4416 | */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4417 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, |
| 4418 | uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer, uint32_t BurstLength) |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4419 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 4420 | return HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiReadStart(htim, BurstBaseAddress, BurstRequestSrc, BurstBuffer, BurstLength, |
| 4421 | ((BurstLength) >> 8U) + 1U); |
||
| 4422 | } |
||
| 4423 | |||
| 4424 | /** |
||
| 4425 | * @brief Configure the DMA Burst to transfer Data from the TIM peripheral to the memory |
||
| 4426 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 4427 | * @param BurstBaseAddress TIM Base address from where the DMA will start the Data read |
||
| 4428 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 4429 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR1 |
||
| 4430 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CR2 |
||
| 4431 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SMCR |
||
| 4432 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_DIER |
||
| 4433 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_SR |
||
| 4434 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_EGR |
||
| 4435 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR1 |
||
| 4436 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCMR2 |
||
| 4437 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCER |
||
| 4438 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CNT |
||
| 4439 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_PSC |
||
| 4440 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_ARR |
||
| 4441 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR1 |
||
| 4442 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR2 |
||
| 4443 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR3 |
||
| 4444 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_CCR4 |
||
| 4445 | * @arg TIM_DMABASE_OR |
||
| 4446 | * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources |
||
| 4447 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 4448 | * @arg TIM_DMA_UPDATE: TIM update Interrupt source |
||
| 4449 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC1: TIM Capture Compare 1 DMA source |
||
| 4450 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC2: TIM Capture Compare 2 DMA source |
||
| 4451 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC3: TIM Capture Compare 3 DMA source |
||
| 4452 | * @arg TIM_DMA_CC4: TIM Capture Compare 4 DMA source |
||
| 4453 | * @arg TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: TIM Trigger DMA source |
||
| 4454 | * @param BurstBuffer The Buffer address. |
||
| 4455 | * @param BurstLength DMA Burst length. This parameter can be one value |
||
| 4456 | * between: TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_1TRANSFER and TIM_DMABURSTLENGTH_18TRANSFERS. |
||
| 4457 | * @param DataLength Data length. This parameter can be one value |
||
| 4458 | * between 1 and 0xFFFF. |
||
| 4459 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 4460 | */ |
||
| 4461 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_MultiReadStart(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstBaseAddress, |
||
| 4462 | uint32_t BurstRequestSrc, uint32_t *BurstBuffer, |
||
| 4463 | uint32_t BurstLength, uint32_t DataLength) |
||
| 4464 | { |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4465 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 4466 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4467 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_BASE(BurstBaseAddress)); |
||
| 4468 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); |
||
| 4469 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_LENGTH(BurstLength)); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4470 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_DATA_LENGTH(DataLength)); |
| 2 | mjames | 4471 | |
| 28 | mjames | 4472 | if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY) |
| 2 | mjames | 4473 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 4474 | return HAL_BUSY; |
| 2 | mjames | 4475 | } |
| 28 | mjames | 4476 | else if (htim->DMABurstState == HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY) |
| 2 | mjames | 4477 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 4478 | if ((BurstBuffer == NULL) && (BurstLength > 0U)) |
| 2 | mjames | 4479 | { |
| 4480 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4481 | } |
||
| 4482 | else |
||
| 4483 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4484 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_BUSY; |
| 2 | mjames | 4485 | } |
| 4486 | } |
||
| 4487 | else |
||
| 4488 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4489 | /* nothing to do */ |
| 2 | mjames | 4490 | } |
| 28 | mjames | 4491 | switch (BurstRequestSrc) |
| 2 | mjames | 4492 | { |
| 4493 | case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: |
||
| 4494 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4495 | /* Set the DMA Period elapsed callbacks */ |
| 2 | mjames | 4496 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt; |
| 28 | mjames | 4497 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt; |
| 2 | mjames | 4498 | |
| 4499 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4500 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4501 | |||
| 4502 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4503 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
| 4504 | DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 4505 | { |
||
| 4506 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4507 | } |
||
| 4508 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4509 | } |
| 4510 | case TIM_DMA_CC1: |
||
| 4511 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4512 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
| 4513 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 4514 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4515 | |
| 4516 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4517 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4518 | |||
| 4519 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4520 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
| 4521 | DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 4522 | { |
||
| 4523 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4524 | } |
||
| 4525 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4526 | } |
| 4527 | case TIM_DMA_CC2: |
||
| 4528 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4529 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
| 4530 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 4531 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4532 | |
| 4533 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4534 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4535 | |||
| 4536 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4537 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
| 4538 | DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 4539 | { |
||
| 4540 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4541 | } |
||
| 4542 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4543 | } |
| 4544 | case TIM_DMA_CC3: |
||
| 4545 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4546 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
| 4547 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 4548 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4549 | |
| 4550 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4551 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4552 | |||
| 4553 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4554 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
| 4555 | DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 4556 | { |
||
| 4557 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4558 | } |
||
| 4559 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4560 | } |
| 4561 | case TIM_DMA_CC4: |
||
| 4562 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4563 | /* Set the DMA capture callbacks */ |
| 4564 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureCplt; |
||
| 4565 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4566 | |
| 4567 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4568 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4569 | |||
| 4570 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4571 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
| 4572 | DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 4573 | { |
||
| 4574 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4575 | } |
||
| 4576 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4577 | } |
| 4578 | case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: |
||
| 4579 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4580 | /* Set the DMA trigger callbacks */ |
| 2 | mjames | 4581 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerCplt; |
| 28 | mjames | 4582 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferHalfCpltCallback = TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt; |
| 2 | mjames | 4583 | |
| 4584 | /* Set the DMA error callback */ |
||
| 4585 | htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->XferErrorCallback = TIM_DMAError ; |
||
| 4586 | |||
| 4587 | /* Enable the DMA channel */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4588 | if (HAL_DMA_Start_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER], (uint32_t)&htim->Instance->DMAR, (uint32_t)BurstBuffer, |
| 4589 | DataLength) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 4590 | { |
||
| 4591 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4592 | } |
||
| 4593 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4594 | } |
| 4595 | default: |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4596 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 4597 | } |
| 4598 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 4599 | /* Configure the DMA Burst Mode */ |
| 4600 | htim->Instance->DCR = (BurstBaseAddress | BurstLength); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4601 | |
| 4602 | /* Enable the TIM DMA Request */ |
||
| 4603 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); |
||
| 4604 | |||
| 4605 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 4606 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 4607 | } |
||
| 4608 | |||
| 4609 | /** |
||
| 4610 | * @brief Stop the DMA burst reading |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4611 | * @param htim TIM handle |
| 4612 | * @param BurstRequestSrc TIM DMA Request sources to disable. |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4613 | * @retval HAL status |
| 4614 | */ |
||
| 4615 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurst_ReadStop(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t BurstRequestSrc) |
||
| 4616 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4617 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
| 2 | mjames | 4618 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 4619 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMA_SOURCE(BurstRequestSrc)); |
||
| 4620 | |||
| 4621 | /* Abort the DMA transfer (at least disable the DMA channel) */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4622 | switch (BurstRequestSrc) |
| 2 | mjames | 4623 | { |
| 4624 | case TIM_DMA_UPDATE: |
||
| 4625 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4626 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]); |
| 4627 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4628 | } |
| 4629 | case TIM_DMA_CC1: |
||
| 4630 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4631 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]); |
| 4632 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4633 | } |
| 4634 | case TIM_DMA_CC2: |
||
| 4635 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4636 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]); |
| 4637 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4638 | } |
| 4639 | case TIM_DMA_CC3: |
||
| 4640 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4641 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]); |
| 4642 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4643 | } |
| 4644 | case TIM_DMA_CC4: |
||
| 4645 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4646 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]); |
| 4647 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4648 | } |
| 4649 | case TIM_DMA_TRIGGER: |
||
| 4650 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4651 | (void)HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]); |
| 4652 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4653 | } |
| 4654 | default: |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4655 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 4656 | } |
| 4657 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 4658 | if (HAL_OK == status) |
| 4659 | { |
||
| 4660 | /* Disable the TIM Update DMA request */ |
||
| 4661 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, BurstRequestSrc); |
||
| 4662 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4663 | |
| 28 | mjames | 4664 | /* Change the DMA burst operation state */ |
| 4665 | htim->DMABurstState = HAL_DMA_BURST_STATE_READY; |
||
| 4666 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 4667 | /* Return function status */ |
| 28 | mjames | 4668 | return status; |
| 2 | mjames | 4669 | } |
| 4670 | |||
| 4671 | /** |
||
| 4672 | * @brief Generate a software event |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4673 | * @param htim TIM handle |
| 4674 | * @param EventSource specifies the event source. |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4675 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 4676 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_UPDATE: Timer update Event source |
||
| 4677 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC1: Timer Capture Compare 1 Event source |
||
| 4678 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC2: Timer Capture Compare 2 Event source |
||
| 4679 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC3: Timer Capture Compare 3 Event source |
||
| 4680 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_CC4: Timer Capture Compare 4 Event source |
||
| 4681 | * @arg TIM_EVENTSOURCE_TRIGGER: Timer Trigger Event source |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4682 | * @note Basic timers can only generate an update event. |
| 2 | mjames | 4683 | * @retval HAL status |
| 4684 | */ |
||
| 4685 | |||
| 4686 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_GenerateEvent(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t EventSource) |
||
| 4687 | { |
||
| 4688 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4689 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4690 | assert_param(IS_TIM_EVENT_SOURCE(EventSource)); |
||
| 4691 | |||
| 4692 | /* Process Locked */ |
||
| 4693 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 4694 | |||
| 4695 | /* Change the TIM state */ |
||
| 4696 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 4697 | |||
| 4698 | /* Set the event sources */ |
||
| 4699 | htim->Instance->EGR = EventSource; |
||
| 4700 | |||
| 4701 | /* Change the TIM state */ |
||
| 4702 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 4703 | |||
| 4704 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 4705 | |||
| 4706 | /* Return function status */ |
||
| 4707 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 4708 | } |
||
| 4709 | |||
| 4710 | /** |
||
| 4711 | * @brief Configures the OCRef clear feature |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4712 | * @param htim TIM handle |
| 4713 | * @param sClearInputConfig pointer to a TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef structure that |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4714 | * contains the OCREF clear feature and parameters for the TIM peripheral. |
| 28 | mjames | 4715 | * @param Channel specifies the TIM Channel |
| 2 | mjames | 4716 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 4717 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 |
||
| 4718 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 |
||
| 4719 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 |
||
| 4720 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 |
||
| 4721 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 4722 | */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4723 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigOCrefClear(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, |
| 4724 | TIM_ClearInputConfigTypeDef *sClearInputConfig, |
||
| 4725 | uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4726 | { |
| 4727 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4728 | assert_param(IS_TIM_OCXREF_CLEAR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4729 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_SOURCE(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource)); |
||
| 4730 | |||
| 4731 | /* Process Locked */ |
||
| 4732 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 4733 | |||
| 4734 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 4735 | |||
| 4736 | switch (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputSource) |
||
| 4737 | { |
||
| 4738 | case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_NONE: |
||
| 4739 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4740 | /* Clear the OCREF clear selection bit and the the ETR Bits */ |
| 4741 | CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->SMCR, (TIM_SMCR_OCCS | TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP)); |
||
| 4742 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4743 | } |
| 4744 | case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_OCREFCLR: |
||
| 4745 | { |
||
| 4746 | /* Clear the OCREF clear selection bit */ |
||
| 4747 | CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->SMCR, TIM_SMCR_OCCS); |
||
| 4748 | } |
||
| 4749 | break; |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4750 | |
| 2 | mjames | 4751 | case TIM_CLEARINPUTSOURCE_ETR: |
| 4752 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4753 | /* Check the parameters */ |
| 4754 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_POLARITY(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity)); |
||
| 4755 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_PRESCALER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler)); |
||
| 4756 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLEARINPUT_FILTER(sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter)); |
||
| 4757 | |||
| 4758 | /* When OCRef clear feature is used with ETR source, ETR prescaler must be off */ |
||
| 4759 | if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler != TIM_CLEARINPUTPRESCALER_DIV1) |
||
| 4760 | { |
||
| 4761 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 4762 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 4763 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 4764 | } |
||
| 4765 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 4766 | TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
| 4767 | sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPrescaler, |
||
| 4768 | sClearInputConfig->ClearInputPolarity, |
||
| 4769 | sClearInputConfig->ClearInputFilter); |
||
| 4770 | |||
| 4771 | /* Set the OCREF clear selection bit */ |
||
| 4772 | SET_BIT(htim->Instance->SMCR, TIM_SMCR_OCCS); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4773 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 4774 | } |
| 4775 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 4776 | default: |
| 4777 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4778 | } |
| 4779 | |||
| 4780 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 4781 | { |
||
| 4782 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4783 | { |
| 4784 | if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE) |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4785 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 4786 | /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 1 */ |
| 4787 | SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4788 | } |
| 28 | mjames | 4789 | else |
| 4790 | { |
||
| 4791 | /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 1 */ |
||
| 4792 | CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC1CE); |
||
| 4793 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4794 | break; |
| 28 | mjames | 4795 | } |
| 2 | mjames | 4796 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
| 28 | mjames | 4797 | { |
| 4798 | if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE) |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4799 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 4800 | /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 2 */ |
| 4801 | SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4802 | } |
| 28 | mjames | 4803 | else |
| 4804 | { |
||
| 4805 | /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 2 */ |
||
| 4806 | CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR1, TIM_CCMR1_OC2CE); |
||
| 4807 | } |
||
| 4808 | break; |
||
| 4809 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4810 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
| 28 | mjames | 4811 | { |
| 4812 | if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE) |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4813 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 4814 | /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 3 */ |
| 4815 | SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4816 | } |
| 28 | mjames | 4817 | else |
| 4818 | { |
||
| 4819 | /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 3 */ |
||
| 4820 | CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC3CE); |
||
| 4821 | } |
||
| 4822 | break; |
||
| 4823 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4824 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
| 28 | mjames | 4825 | { |
| 4826 | if (sClearInputConfig->ClearInputState != (uint32_t)DISABLE) |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4827 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 4828 | /* Enable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 4 */ |
| 4829 | SET_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4830 | } |
| 28 | mjames | 4831 | else |
| 4832 | { |
||
| 4833 | /* Disable the OCREF clear feature for Channel 4 */ |
||
| 4834 | CLEAR_BIT(htim->Instance->CCMR2, TIM_CCMR2_OC4CE); |
||
| 4835 | } |
||
| 4836 | break; |
||
| 4837 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4838 | default: |
| 28 | mjames | 4839 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 4840 | } |
| 4841 | |||
| 4842 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 4843 | |||
| 4844 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 4845 | |||
| 4846 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 4847 | } |
||
| 4848 | |||
| 4849 | /** |
||
| 4850 | * @brief Configures the clock source to be used |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4851 | * @param htim TIM handle |
| 4852 | * @param sClockSourceConfig pointer to a TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef structure that |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4853 | * contains the clock source information for the TIM peripheral. |
| 4854 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 4855 | */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4856 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigClockSource(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_ClockConfigTypeDef *sClockSourceConfig) |
| 2 | mjames | 4857 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 4858 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 2 | mjames | 4859 | |
| 4860 | /* Process Locked */ |
||
| 4861 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 4862 | |||
| 4863 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 4864 | |||
| 4865 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 4866 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE(sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource)); |
||
| 4867 | |||
| 4868 | /* Reset the SMS, TS, ECE, ETPS and ETRF bits */ |
||
| 4869 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; |
||
| 4870 | tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_SMS | TIM_SMCR_TS); |
||
| 4871 | tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); |
||
| 4872 | htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
| 4873 | |||
| 4874 | switch (sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource) |
||
| 4875 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4876 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_INTERNAL: |
| 2 | mjames | 4877 | { |
| 4878 | assert_param(IS_TIM_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4879 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 4880 | } |
| 4881 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 4882 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1: |
| 2 | mjames | 4883 | { |
| 4884 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 1 (ETRF)*/ |
||
| 4885 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4886 | |||
| 4887 | /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */ |
||
| 4888 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler)); |
||
| 4889 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); |
||
| 4890 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4891 | |
| 2 | mjames | 4892 | /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ |
| 4893 | TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
| 4894 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler, |
||
| 4895 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, |
||
| 4896 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4897 | |
| 4898 | /* Select the External clock mode1 and the ETRF trigger */ |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4899 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; |
| 4900 | tmpsmcr |= (TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1 | TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1); |
||
| 4901 | /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ |
||
| 4902 | htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4903 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 4904 | } |
| 4905 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 4906 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2: |
| 2 | mjames | 4907 | { |
| 4908 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external trigger input mode 2 (ETRF)*/ |
||
| 4909 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4910 | |||
| 4911 | /* Check ETR input conditioning related parameters */ |
||
| 4912 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPRESCALER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler)); |
||
| 4913 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); |
||
| 4914 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4915 | |
| 2 | mjames | 4916 | /* Configure the ETR Clock source */ |
| 4917 | TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
||
| 4918 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPrescaler, |
||
| 4919 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, |
||
| 4920 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); |
||
| 4921 | /* Enable the External clock mode2 */ |
||
| 4922 | htim->Instance->SMCR |= TIM_SMCR_ECE; |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4923 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 4924 | } |
| 4925 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 4926 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1: |
| 2 | mjames | 4927 | { |
| 4928 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ |
||
| 4929 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4930 | |||
| 4931 | /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */ |
||
| 4932 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); |
||
| 4933 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4934 | |
| 2 | mjames | 4935 | TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, |
| 4936 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, |
||
| 4937 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); |
||
| 4938 | TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4939 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 4940 | } |
| 28 | mjames | 4941 | |
| 4942 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2: |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4943 | { |
| 4944 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 (ETRF)*/ |
||
| 4945 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4946 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 4947 | /* Check TI2 input conditioning related parameters */ |
| 2 | mjames | 4948 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); |
| 4949 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); |
||
| 4950 | |||
| 4951 | TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, |
||
| 4952 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, |
||
| 4953 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); |
||
| 4954 | TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI2); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4955 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 4956 | } |
| 28 | mjames | 4957 | |
| 4958 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED: |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4959 | { |
| 4960 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports external clock mode 1 */ |
||
| 4961 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TIX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 4962 | |||
| 4963 | /* Check TI1 input conditioning related parameters */ |
||
| 4964 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKPOLARITY(sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity)); |
||
| 4965 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKFILTER(sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter)); |
||
| 4966 | |||
| 4967 | TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, |
||
| 4968 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockPolarity, |
||
| 4969 | sClockSourceConfig->ClockFilter); |
||
| 4970 | TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_TI1ED); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4971 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 4972 | } |
| 4973 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 4974 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR0: |
| 4975 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR1: |
||
| 4976 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR2: |
||
| 4977 | case TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITR3: |
||
| 4978 | { |
||
| 4979 | /* Check whether or not the timer instance supports internal trigger input */ |
||
| 4980 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ITRX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4981 | |
| 28 | mjames | 4982 | TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(htim->Instance, sClockSourceConfig->ClockSource); |
| 4983 | break; |
||
| 4984 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4985 | |
| 28 | mjames | 4986 | default: |
| 4987 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 4988 | } |
| 4989 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 4990 | |||
| 4991 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 4992 | |||
| 4993 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 4994 | } |
||
| 4995 | |||
| 4996 | /** |
||
| 4997 | * @brief Selects the signal connected to the TI1 input: direct from CH1_input |
||
| 4998 | * or a XOR combination between CH1_input, CH2_input & CH3_input |
||
| 28 | mjames | 4999 | * @param htim TIM handle. |
| 5000 | * @param TI1_Selection Indicate whether or not channel 1 is connected to the |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5001 | * output of a XOR gate. |
| 5002 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 5003 | * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_CH1: The TIMx_CH1 pin is connected to TI1 input |
||
| 5004 | * @arg TIM_TI1SELECTION_XORCOMBINATION: The TIMx_CH1, CH2 and CH3 |
||
| 5005 | * pins are connected to the TI1 input (XOR combination) |
||
| 5006 | * @retval HAL status |
||
| 5007 | */ |
||
| 5008 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_ConfigTI1Input(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t TI1_Selection) |
||
| 5009 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5010 | uint32_t tmpcr2; |
| 2 | mjames | 5011 | |
| 5012 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5013 | assert_param(IS_TIM_XOR_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5014 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TI1SELECTION(TI1_Selection)); |
||
| 5015 | |||
| 5016 | /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ |
||
| 5017 | tmpcr2 = htim->Instance->CR2; |
||
| 5018 | |||
| 5019 | /* Reset the TI1 selection */ |
||
| 5020 | tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_TI1S; |
||
| 5021 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 5022 | /* Set the TI1 selection */ |
| 2 | mjames | 5023 | tmpcr2 |= TI1_Selection; |
| 5024 | |||
| 5025 | /* Write to TIMxCR2 */ |
||
| 5026 | htim->Instance->CR2 = tmpcr2; |
||
| 5027 | |||
| 5028 | return HAL_OK; |
||
| 5029 | } |
||
| 5030 | |||
| 5031 | /** |
||
| 5032 | * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5033 | * @param htim TIM handle. |
| 5034 | * @param sSlaveConfig pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5035 | * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered |
| 28 | mjames | 5036 | * timer input or external trigger input) and the Slave mode |
| 5037 | * (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1). |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5038 | * @retval HAL status |
| 5039 | */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5040 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig) |
| 2 | mjames | 5041 | { |
| 5042 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5043 | assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5044 | assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode)); |
||
| 5045 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5046 | |
| 2 | mjames | 5047 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
| 28 | mjames | 5048 | |
| 2 | mjames | 5049 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
| 5050 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 5051 | if (TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig) != HAL_OK) |
| 5052 | { |
||
| 5053 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 5054 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 5055 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 5056 | } |
||
| 5057 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 5058 | /* Disable Trigger Interrupt */ |
| 5059 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5060 | |
| 2 | mjames | 5061 | /* Disable Trigger DMA request */ |
| 5062 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5063 | |
| 2 | mjames | 5064 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
| 28 | mjames | 5065 | |
| 5066 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 5067 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 5068 | return HAL_OK; |
| 28 | mjames | 5069 | } |
| 2 | mjames | 5070 | |
| 5071 | /** |
||
| 5072 | * @brief Configures the TIM in Slave mode in interrupt mode |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5073 | * @param htim TIM handle. |
| 5074 | * @param sSlaveConfig pointer to a TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef structure that |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5075 | * contains the selected trigger (internal trigger input, filtered |
| 28 | mjames | 5076 | * timer input or external trigger input) and the Slave mode |
| 5077 | * (Disable, Reset, Gated, Trigger, External clock mode 1). |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5078 | * @retval HAL status |
| 5079 | */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5080 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_SlaveConfigSynchro_IT(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, |
| 5081 | TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig) |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5082 | { |
| 5083 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5084 | assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5085 | assert_param(IS_TIM_SLAVE_MODE(sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode)); |
||
| 5086 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGER_SELECTION(sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger)); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5087 | |
| 2 | mjames | 5088 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
| 5089 | |||
| 5090 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY; |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5091 | |
| 5092 | if (TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(htim, sSlaveConfig) != HAL_OK) |
||
| 5093 | { |
||
| 5094 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 5095 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 5096 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 5097 | } |
||
| 5098 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 5099 | /* Enable Trigger Interrupt */ |
| 5100 | __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(htim, TIM_IT_TRIGGER); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5101 | |
| 2 | mjames | 5102 | /* Disable Trigger DMA request */ |
| 5103 | __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_DMA(htim, TIM_DMA_TRIGGER); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5104 | |
| 2 | mjames | 5105 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
| 28 | mjames | 5106 | |
| 5107 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 5108 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 5109 | return HAL_OK; |
| 5110 | } |
||
| 5111 | |||
| 5112 | /** |
||
| 5113 | * @brief Read the captured value from Capture Compare unit |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5114 | * @param htim TIM handle. |
| 5115 | * @param Channel TIM Channels to be enabled |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5116 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 5117 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 selected |
||
| 5118 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 selected |
||
| 5119 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 selected |
||
| 5120 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 selected |
||
| 5121 | * @retval Captured value |
||
| 5122 | */ |
||
| 5123 | uint32_t HAL_TIM_ReadCapturedValue(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 5124 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5125 | uint32_t tmpreg = 0U; |
| 2 | mjames | 5126 | |
| 5127 | switch (Channel) |
||
| 5128 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5129 | case TIM_CHANNEL_1: |
| 2 | mjames | 5130 | { |
| 5131 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5132 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5133 | |||
| 5134 | /* Return the capture 1 value */ |
||
| 5135 | tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR1; |
||
| 5136 | |||
| 5137 | break; |
||
| 5138 | } |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5139 | case TIM_CHANNEL_2: |
| 2 | mjames | 5140 | { |
| 5141 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5142 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5143 | |||
| 5144 | /* Return the capture 2 value */ |
||
| 5145 | tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR2; |
||
| 5146 | |||
| 5147 | break; |
||
| 5148 | } |
||
| 5149 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 5150 | case TIM_CHANNEL_3: |
| 2 | mjames | 5151 | { |
| 5152 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5153 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC3_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5154 | |||
| 5155 | /* Return the capture 3 value */ |
||
| 5156 | tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR3; |
||
| 5157 | |||
| 5158 | break; |
||
| 5159 | } |
||
| 5160 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 5161 | case TIM_CHANNEL_4: |
| 2 | mjames | 5162 | { |
| 5163 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5164 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC4_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5165 | |||
| 5166 | /* Return the capture 4 value */ |
||
| 5167 | tmpreg = htim->Instance->CCR4; |
||
| 5168 | |||
| 5169 | break; |
||
| 5170 | } |
||
| 5171 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 5172 | default: |
| 5173 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5174 | } |
| 5175 | |||
| 5176 | return tmpreg; |
||
| 5177 | } |
||
| 5178 | |||
| 5179 | /** |
||
| 5180 | * @} |
||
| 5181 | */ |
||
| 5182 | |||
| 5183 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group9 TIM Callbacks functions |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5184 | * @brief TIM Callbacks functions |
| 5185 | * |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5186 | @verbatim |
| 5187 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 5188 | ##### TIM Callbacks functions ##### |
||
| 5189 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 5190 | [..] |
||
| 5191 | This section provides TIM callback functions: |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5192 | (+) TIM Period elapsed callback |
| 5193 | (+) TIM Output Compare callback |
||
| 5194 | (+) TIM Input capture callback |
||
| 5195 | (+) TIM Trigger callback |
||
| 5196 | (+) TIM Error callback |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5197 | |
| 5198 | @endverbatim |
||
| 5199 | * @{ |
||
| 5200 | */ |
||
| 5201 | |||
| 5202 | /** |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5203 | * @brief Period elapsed callback in non-blocking mode |
| 5204 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5205 | * @retval None |
| 5206 | */ |
||
| 5207 | __weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5208 | { |
||
| 5209 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5210 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5211 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 5212 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 5213 | the HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5214 | */ |
| 28 | mjames | 5215 | } |
| 2 | mjames | 5216 | |
| 28 | mjames | 5217 | /** |
| 5218 | * @brief Period elapsed half complete callback in non-blocking mode |
||
| 5219 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 5220 | * @retval None |
||
| 5221 | */ |
||
| 5222 | __weak void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5223 | { |
||
| 5224 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5225 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5226 | |||
| 5227 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 5228 | the HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 5229 | */ |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5230 | } |
| 28 | mjames | 5231 | |
| 2 | mjames | 5232 | /** |
| 28 | mjames | 5233 | * @brief Output Compare callback in non-blocking mode |
| 5234 | * @param htim TIM OC handle |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5235 | * @retval None |
| 5236 | */ |
||
| 5237 | __weak void HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5238 | { |
||
| 5239 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5240 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5241 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 5242 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 5243 | the HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5244 | */ |
| 5245 | } |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5246 | |
| 2 | mjames | 5247 | /** |
| 28 | mjames | 5248 | * @brief Input Capture callback in non-blocking mode |
| 5249 | * @param htim TIM IC handle |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5250 | * @retval None |
| 5251 | */ |
||
| 5252 | __weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5253 | { |
||
| 5254 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5255 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5256 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 5257 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 5258 | the HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5259 | */ |
| 5260 | } |
||
| 5261 | |||
| 5262 | /** |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5263 | * @brief Input Capture half complete callback in non-blocking mode |
| 5264 | * @param htim TIM IC handle |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5265 | * @retval None |
| 5266 | */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5267 | __weak void HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
| 5268 | { |
||
| 5269 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5270 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5271 | |||
| 5272 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 5273 | the HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 5274 | */ |
||
| 5275 | } |
||
| 5276 | |||
| 5277 | /** |
||
| 5278 | * @brief PWM Pulse finished callback in non-blocking mode |
||
| 5279 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 5280 | * @retval None |
||
| 5281 | */ |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5282 | __weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
| 5283 | { |
||
| 5284 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5285 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5286 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 5287 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 5288 | the HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5289 | */ |
| 5290 | } |
||
| 5291 | |||
| 5292 | /** |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5293 | * @brief PWM Pulse finished half complete callback in non-blocking mode |
| 5294 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5295 | * @retval None |
| 5296 | */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5297 | __weak void HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
| 5298 | { |
||
| 5299 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5300 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5301 | |||
| 5302 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 5303 | the HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 5304 | */ |
||
| 5305 | } |
||
| 5306 | |||
| 5307 | /** |
||
| 5308 | * @brief Hall Trigger detection callback in non-blocking mode |
||
| 5309 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 5310 | * @retval None |
||
| 5311 | */ |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5312 | __weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
| 5313 | { |
||
| 5314 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5315 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5316 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 5317 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 2 | mjames | 5318 | the HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback could be implemented in the user file |
| 5319 | */ |
||
| 5320 | } |
||
| 5321 | |||
| 5322 | /** |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5323 | * @brief Hall Trigger detection half complete callback in non-blocking mode |
| 5324 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5325 | * @retval None |
| 5326 | */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5327 | __weak void HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
| 5328 | { |
||
| 5329 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5330 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5331 | |||
| 5332 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
||
| 5333 | the HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file |
||
| 5334 | */ |
||
| 5335 | } |
||
| 5336 | |||
| 5337 | /** |
||
| 5338 | * @brief Timer error callback in non-blocking mode |
||
| 5339 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 5340 | * @retval None |
||
| 5341 | */ |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5342 | __weak void HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
| 5343 | { |
||
| 5344 | /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */ |
||
| 5345 | UNUSED(htim); |
||
| 5346 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 5347 | /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed, |
| 2 | mjames | 5348 | the HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file |
| 5349 | */ |
||
| 5350 | } |
||
| 5351 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 5352 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 2 | mjames | 5353 | /** |
| 28 | mjames | 5354 | * @brief Register a User TIM callback to be used instead of the weak predefined callback |
| 5355 | * @param htim tim handle |
||
| 5356 | * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be registered |
||
| 5357 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 5358 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID Base MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5359 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Base MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5360 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID IC MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5361 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID IC MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5362 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID OC MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5363 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID OC MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5364 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID PWM MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5365 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID PWM MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5366 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5367 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5368 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5369 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5370 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID Period Elapsed Callback ID |
||
| 5371 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID Period Elapsed half complete Callback ID |
||
| 5372 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID Trigger Callback ID |
||
| 5373 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID Trigger half complete Callback ID |
||
| 5374 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID Input Capture Callback ID |
||
| 5375 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID Input Capture half complete Callback ID |
||
| 5376 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback ID |
||
| 5377 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished Callback ID |
||
| 5378 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback ID |
||
| 5379 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID |
||
| 5380 | * @param pCallback pointer to the callback function |
||
| 5381 | * @retval status |
||
| 5382 | */ |
||
| 5383 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_RegisterCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, HAL_TIM_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, |
||
| 5384 | pTIM_CallbackTypeDef pCallback) |
||
| 5385 | { |
||
| 5386 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
| 5387 | |||
| 5388 | if (pCallback == NULL) |
||
| 5389 | { |
||
| 5390 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 5391 | } |
||
| 5392 | /* Process locked */ |
||
| 5393 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 5394 | |||
| 5395 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) |
||
| 5396 | { |
||
| 5397 | switch (CallbackID) |
||
| 5398 | { |
||
| 5399 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5400 | htim->Base_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5401 | break; |
||
| 5402 | |||
| 5403 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5404 | htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5405 | break; |
||
| 5406 | |||
| 5407 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5408 | htim->IC_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5409 | break; |
||
| 5410 | |||
| 5411 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5412 | htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5413 | break; |
||
| 5414 | |||
| 5415 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5416 | htim->OC_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5417 | break; |
||
| 5418 | |||
| 5419 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5420 | htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5421 | break; |
||
| 5422 | |||
| 5423 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5424 | htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5425 | break; |
||
| 5426 | |||
| 5427 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5428 | htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5429 | break; |
||
| 5430 | |||
| 5431 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5432 | htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5433 | break; |
||
| 5434 | |||
| 5435 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5436 | htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5437 | break; |
||
| 5438 | |||
| 5439 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5440 | htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5441 | break; |
||
| 5442 | |||
| 5443 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5444 | htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5445 | break; |
||
| 5446 | |||
| 5447 | case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID : |
||
| 5448 | htim->PeriodElapsedCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5449 | break; |
||
| 5450 | |||
| 5451 | case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
| 5452 | htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5453 | break; |
||
| 5454 | |||
| 5455 | case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID : |
||
| 5456 | htim->TriggerCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5457 | break; |
||
| 5458 | |||
| 5459 | case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
| 5460 | htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5461 | break; |
||
| 5462 | |||
| 5463 | case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID : |
||
| 5464 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5465 | break; |
||
| 5466 | |||
| 5467 | case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
| 5468 | htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5469 | break; |
||
| 5470 | |||
| 5471 | case HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID : |
||
| 5472 | htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5473 | break; |
||
| 5474 | |||
| 5475 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID : |
||
| 5476 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5477 | break; |
||
| 5478 | |||
| 5479 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
| 5480 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5481 | break; |
||
| 5482 | |||
| 5483 | case HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID : |
||
| 5484 | htim->ErrorCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5485 | break; |
||
| 5486 | |||
| 5487 | default : |
||
| 5488 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 5489 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 5490 | break; |
||
| 5491 | } |
||
| 5492 | } |
||
| 5493 | else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
||
| 5494 | { |
||
| 5495 | switch (CallbackID) |
||
| 5496 | { |
||
| 5497 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5498 | htim->Base_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5499 | break; |
||
| 5500 | |||
| 5501 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5502 | htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5503 | break; |
||
| 5504 | |||
| 5505 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5506 | htim->IC_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5507 | break; |
||
| 5508 | |||
| 5509 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5510 | htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5511 | break; |
||
| 5512 | |||
| 5513 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5514 | htim->OC_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5515 | break; |
||
| 5516 | |||
| 5517 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5518 | htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5519 | break; |
||
| 5520 | |||
| 5521 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5522 | htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5523 | break; |
||
| 5524 | |||
| 5525 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5526 | htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5527 | break; |
||
| 5528 | |||
| 5529 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5530 | htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5531 | break; |
||
| 5532 | |||
| 5533 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5534 | htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5535 | break; |
||
| 5536 | |||
| 5537 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5538 | htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5539 | break; |
||
| 5540 | |||
| 5541 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5542 | htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = pCallback; |
||
| 5543 | break; |
||
| 5544 | |||
| 5545 | default : |
||
| 5546 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 5547 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 5548 | break; |
||
| 5549 | } |
||
| 5550 | } |
||
| 5551 | else |
||
| 5552 | { |
||
| 5553 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 5554 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 5555 | } |
||
| 5556 | |||
| 5557 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
| 5558 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 5559 | |||
| 5560 | return status; |
||
| 5561 | } |
||
| 5562 | |||
| 5563 | /** |
||
| 5564 | * @brief Unregister a TIM callback |
||
| 5565 | * TIM callback is redirected to the weak predefined callback |
||
| 5566 | * @param htim tim handle |
||
| 5567 | * @param CallbackID ID of the callback to be unregistered |
||
| 5568 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 5569 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID Base MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5570 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Base MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5571 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID IC MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5572 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID IC MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5573 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID OC MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5574 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID OC MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5575 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID PWM MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5576 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID PWM MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5577 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5578 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID One Pulse MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5579 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspInit Callback ID |
||
| 5580 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID Encoder MspDeInit Callback ID |
||
| 5581 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID Period Elapsed Callback ID |
||
| 5582 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID Period Elapsed half complete Callback ID |
||
| 5583 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID Trigger Callback ID |
||
| 5584 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID Trigger half complete Callback ID |
||
| 5585 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID Input Capture Callback ID |
||
| 5586 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID Input Capture half complete Callback ID |
||
| 5587 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID Output Compare Delay Elapsed Callback ID |
||
| 5588 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished Callback ID |
||
| 5589 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback ID |
||
| 5590 | * @arg @ref HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID Error Callback ID |
||
| 5591 | * @retval status |
||
| 5592 | */ |
||
| 5593 | HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIM_UnRegisterCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, HAL_TIM_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID) |
||
| 5594 | { |
||
| 5595 | HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK; |
||
| 5596 | |||
| 5597 | /* Process locked */ |
||
| 5598 | __HAL_LOCK(htim); |
||
| 5599 | |||
| 5600 | if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_READY) |
||
| 5601 | { |
||
| 5602 | switch (CallbackID) |
||
| 5603 | { |
||
| 5604 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5605 | htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit; /* Legacy weak Base MspInit Callback */ |
||
| 5606 | break; |
||
| 5607 | |||
| 5608 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5609 | htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak Base Msp DeInit Callback */ |
||
| 5610 | break; |
||
| 5611 | |||
| 5612 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5613 | htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak IC Msp Init Callback */ |
||
| 5614 | break; |
||
| 5615 | |||
| 5616 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5617 | htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak IC Msp DeInit Callback */ |
||
| 5618 | break; |
||
| 5619 | |||
| 5620 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5621 | htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak OC Msp Init Callback */ |
||
| 5622 | break; |
||
| 5623 | |||
| 5624 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5625 | htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak OC Msp DeInit Callback */ |
||
| 5626 | break; |
||
| 5627 | |||
| 5628 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5629 | htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit; /* Legacy weak PWM Msp Init Callback */ |
||
| 5630 | break; |
||
| 5631 | |||
| 5632 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5633 | htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak PWM Msp DeInit Callback */ |
||
| 5634 | break; |
||
| 5635 | |||
| 5636 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5637 | htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit; /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp Init Callback */ |
||
| 5638 | break; |
||
| 5639 | |||
| 5640 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5641 | htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback */ |
||
| 5642 | break; |
||
| 5643 | |||
| 5644 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5645 | htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit; /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp Init Callback */ |
||
| 5646 | break; |
||
| 5647 | |||
| 5648 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5649 | htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp DeInit Callback */ |
||
| 5650 | break; |
||
| 5651 | |||
| 5652 | case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_CB_ID : |
||
| 5653 | htim->PeriodElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback; /* Legacy weak Period Elapsed Callback */ |
||
| 5654 | break; |
||
| 5655 | |||
| 5656 | case HAL_TIM_PERIOD_ELAPSED_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
| 5657 | htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak Period Elapsed half complete Callback */ |
||
| 5658 | break; |
||
| 5659 | |||
| 5660 | case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_CB_ID : |
||
| 5661 | htim->TriggerCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback; /* Legacy weak Trigger Callback */ |
||
| 5662 | break; |
||
| 5663 | |||
| 5664 | case HAL_TIM_TRIGGER_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
| 5665 | htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak Trigger half complete Callback */ |
||
| 5666 | break; |
||
| 5667 | |||
| 5668 | case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_CB_ID : |
||
| 5669 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback; /* Legacy weak IC Capture Callback */ |
||
| 5670 | break; |
||
| 5671 | |||
| 5672 | case HAL_TIM_IC_CAPTURE_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
| 5673 | htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak IC Capture half complete Callback */ |
||
| 5674 | break; |
||
| 5675 | |||
| 5676 | case HAL_TIM_OC_DELAY_ELAPSED_CB_ID : |
||
| 5677 | htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback; /* Legacy weak OC Delay Elapsed Callback */ |
||
| 5678 | break; |
||
| 5679 | |||
| 5680 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_CB_ID : |
||
| 5681 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback; /* Legacy weak PWM Pulse Finished Callback */ |
||
| 5682 | break; |
||
| 5683 | |||
| 5684 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_PULSE_FINISHED_HALF_CB_ID : |
||
| 5685 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak PWM Pulse Finished half complete Callback */ |
||
| 5686 | break; |
||
| 5687 | |||
| 5688 | case HAL_TIM_ERROR_CB_ID : |
||
| 5689 | htim->ErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak Error Callback */ |
||
| 5690 | break; |
||
| 5691 | |||
| 5692 | default : |
||
| 5693 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 5694 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 5695 | break; |
||
| 5696 | } |
||
| 5697 | } |
||
| 5698 | else if (htim->State == HAL_TIM_STATE_RESET) |
||
| 5699 | { |
||
| 5700 | switch (CallbackID) |
||
| 5701 | { |
||
| 5702 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5703 | htim->Base_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspInit; /* Legacy weak Base MspInit Callback */ |
||
| 5704 | break; |
||
| 5705 | |||
| 5706 | case HAL_TIM_BASE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5707 | htim->Base_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Base_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak Base Msp DeInit Callback */ |
||
| 5708 | break; |
||
| 5709 | |||
| 5710 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5711 | htim->IC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak IC Msp Init Callback */ |
||
| 5712 | break; |
||
| 5713 | |||
| 5714 | case HAL_TIM_IC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5715 | htim->IC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak IC Msp DeInit Callback */ |
||
| 5716 | break; |
||
| 5717 | |||
| 5718 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5719 | htim->OC_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspInit; /* Legacy weak OC Msp Init Callback */ |
||
| 5720 | break; |
||
| 5721 | |||
| 5722 | case HAL_TIM_OC_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5723 | htim->OC_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak OC Msp DeInit Callback */ |
||
| 5724 | break; |
||
| 5725 | |||
| 5726 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5727 | htim->PWM_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspInit; /* Legacy weak PWM Msp Init Callback */ |
||
| 5728 | break; |
||
| 5729 | |||
| 5730 | case HAL_TIM_PWM_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5731 | htim->PWM_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak PWM Msp DeInit Callback */ |
||
| 5732 | break; |
||
| 5733 | |||
| 5734 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5735 | htim->OnePulse_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspInit; /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp Init Callback */ |
||
| 5736 | break; |
||
| 5737 | |||
| 5738 | case HAL_TIM_ONE_PULSE_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5739 | htim->OnePulse_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_OnePulse_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak One Pulse Msp DeInit Callback */ |
||
| 5740 | break; |
||
| 5741 | |||
| 5742 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5743 | htim->Encoder_MspInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspInit; /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp Init Callback */ |
||
| 5744 | break; |
||
| 5745 | |||
| 5746 | case HAL_TIM_ENCODER_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID : |
||
| 5747 | htim->Encoder_MspDeInitCallback = HAL_TIM_Encoder_MspDeInit; /* Legacy weak Encoder Msp DeInit Callback */ |
||
| 5748 | break; |
||
| 5749 | |||
| 5750 | default : |
||
| 5751 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 5752 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 5753 | break; |
||
| 5754 | } |
||
| 5755 | } |
||
| 5756 | else |
||
| 5757 | { |
||
| 5758 | /* Return error status */ |
||
| 5759 | status = HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 5760 | } |
||
| 5761 | |||
| 5762 | /* Release Lock */ |
||
| 5763 | __HAL_UNLOCK(htim); |
||
| 5764 | |||
| 5765 | return status; |
||
| 5766 | } |
||
| 5767 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 5768 | |||
| 5769 | /** |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5770 | * @} |
| 5771 | */ |
||
| 5772 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 5773 | /** @defgroup TIM_Exported_Functions_Group10 TIM Peripheral State functions |
| 5774 | * @brief TIM Peripheral State functions |
||
| 5775 | * |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5776 | @verbatim |
| 5777 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 5778 | ##### Peripheral State functions ##### |
||
| 5779 | ============================================================================== |
||
| 5780 | [..] |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5781 | This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral |
| 2 | mjames | 5782 | and the data flow. |
| 5783 | |||
| 5784 | @endverbatim |
||
| 5785 | * @{ |
||
| 5786 | */ |
||
| 5787 | |||
| 5788 | /** |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5789 | * @brief Return the TIM Base handle state. |
| 5790 | * @param htim TIM Base handle |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5791 | * @retval HAL state |
| 5792 | */ |
||
| 5793 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Base_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5794 | { |
||
| 5795 | return htim->State; |
||
| 5796 | } |
||
| 5797 | |||
| 5798 | /** |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5799 | * @brief Return the TIM OC handle state. |
| 5800 | * @param htim TIM Output Compare handle |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5801 | * @retval HAL state |
| 5802 | */ |
||
| 5803 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5804 | { |
||
| 5805 | return htim->State; |
||
| 5806 | } |
||
| 5807 | |||
| 5808 | /** |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5809 | * @brief Return the TIM PWM handle state. |
| 5810 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5811 | * @retval HAL state |
| 5812 | */ |
||
| 5813 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_PWM_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5814 | { |
||
| 5815 | return htim->State; |
||
| 5816 | } |
||
| 5817 | |||
| 5818 | /** |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5819 | * @brief Return the TIM Input Capture handle state. |
| 5820 | * @param htim TIM IC handle |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5821 | * @retval HAL state |
| 5822 | */ |
||
| 5823 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_IC_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5824 | { |
||
| 5825 | return htim->State; |
||
| 5826 | } |
||
| 5827 | |||
| 5828 | /** |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5829 | * @brief Return the TIM One Pulse Mode handle state. |
| 5830 | * @param htim TIM OPM handle |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5831 | * @retval HAL state |
| 5832 | */ |
||
| 5833 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_OnePulse_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5834 | { |
||
| 5835 | return htim->State; |
||
| 5836 | } |
||
| 5837 | |||
| 5838 | /** |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5839 | * @brief Return the TIM Encoder Mode handle state. |
| 5840 | * @param htim TIM Encoder Interface handle |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5841 | * @retval HAL state |
| 5842 | */ |
||
| 5843 | HAL_TIM_StateTypeDef HAL_TIM_Encoder_GetState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5844 | { |
||
| 5845 | return htim->State; |
||
| 5846 | } |
||
| 5847 | |||
| 5848 | /** |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5849 | * @brief Return the TIM Encoder Mode handle state. |
| 5850 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 5851 | * @retval Active channel |
||
| 5852 | */ |
||
| 5853 | HAL_TIM_ActiveChannel HAL_TIM_GetActiveChannel(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5854 | { |
||
| 5855 | return htim->Channel; |
||
| 5856 | } |
||
| 5857 | |||
| 5858 | /** |
||
| 5859 | * @brief Return actual state of the TIM channel. |
||
| 5860 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 5861 | * @param Channel TIM Channel |
||
| 5862 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
||
| 5863 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 |
||
| 5864 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 |
||
| 5865 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 |
||
| 5866 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 |
||
| 5867 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_5: TIM Channel 5 |
||
| 5868 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_6: TIM Channel 6 |
||
| 5869 | * @retval TIM Channel state |
||
| 5870 | */ |
||
| 5871 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef HAL_TIM_GetChannelState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Channel) |
||
| 5872 | { |
||
| 5873 | HAL_TIM_ChannelStateTypeDef channel_state; |
||
| 5874 | |||
| 5875 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5876 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CCX_INSTANCE(htim->Instance, Channel)); |
||
| 5877 | |||
| 5878 | channel_state = TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_GET(htim, Channel); |
||
| 5879 | |||
| 5880 | return channel_state; |
||
| 5881 | } |
||
| 5882 | |||
| 5883 | /** |
||
| 5884 | * @brief Return actual state of a DMA burst operation. |
||
| 5885 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 5886 | * @retval DMA burst state |
||
| 5887 | */ |
||
| 5888 | HAL_TIM_DMABurstStateTypeDef HAL_TIM_DMABurstState(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 5889 | { |
||
| 5890 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 5891 | assert_param(IS_TIM_DMABURST_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 5892 | |||
| 5893 | return htim->DMABurstState; |
||
| 5894 | } |
||
| 5895 | |||
| 5896 | /** |
||
| 5897 | * @} |
||
| 5898 | */ |
||
| 5899 | |||
| 5900 | /** |
||
| 5901 | * @} |
||
| 5902 | */ |
||
| 5903 | |||
| 5904 | /** @defgroup TIM_Private_Functions TIM Private Functions |
||
| 5905 | * @{ |
||
| 5906 | */ |
||
| 5907 | |||
| 5908 | /** |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5909 | * @brief TIM DMA error callback |
| 28 | mjames | 5910 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
| 2 | mjames | 5911 | * @retval None |
| 5912 | */ |
||
| 5913 | void TIM_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
| 5914 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5915 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
| 2 | mjames | 5916 | |
| 28 | mjames | 5917 | if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) |
| 5918 | { |
||
| 5919 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; |
||
| 5920 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 5921 | } |
||
| 5922 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) |
||
| 5923 | { |
||
| 5924 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; |
||
| 5925 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 5926 | } |
||
| 5927 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) |
||
| 5928 | { |
||
| 5929 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; |
||
| 5930 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 5931 | } |
||
| 5932 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) |
||
| 5933 | { |
||
| 5934 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; |
||
| 5935 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 5936 | } |
||
| 5937 | else |
||
| 5938 | { |
||
| 5939 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 5940 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5941 | |
| 28 | mjames | 5942 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 5943 | htim->ErrorCallback(htim); |
||
| 5944 | #else |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5945 | HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback(htim); |
| 28 | mjames | 5946 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 5947 | |||
| 5948 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5949 | } |
| 5950 | |||
| 5951 | /** |
||
| 5952 | * @brief TIM DMA Delay Pulse complete callback. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5953 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
| 2 | mjames | 5954 | * @retval None |
| 5955 | */ |
||
| 5956 | void TIM_DMADelayPulseCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
| 5957 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5958 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
| 2 | mjames | 5959 | |
| 5960 | if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) |
||
| 5961 | { |
||
| 5962 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5963 | |
| 5964 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
||
| 5965 | { |
||
| 5966 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 5967 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5968 | } |
| 5969 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) |
||
| 5970 | { |
||
| 5971 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5972 | |
| 5973 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
||
| 5974 | { |
||
| 5975 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 5976 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5977 | } |
| 5978 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) |
||
| 5979 | { |
||
| 5980 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5981 | |
| 5982 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
||
| 5983 | { |
||
| 5984 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 5985 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5986 | } |
| 5987 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) |
||
| 5988 | { |
||
| 5989 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; |
||
| 28 | mjames | 5990 | |
| 5991 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
||
| 5992 | { |
||
| 5993 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 5994 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 5995 | } |
| 28 | mjames | 5996 | else |
| 5997 | { |
||
| 5998 | /* nothing to do */ |
||
| 5999 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6000 | |
| 28 | mjames | 6001 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 6002 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
||
| 6003 | #else |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6004 | HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback(htim); |
| 28 | mjames | 6005 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 2 | mjames | 6006 | |
| 6007 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 6008 | } |
||
| 6009 | |||
| 6010 | /** |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6011 | * @brief TIM DMA Delay Pulse half complete callback. |
| 6012 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
||
| 6013 | * @retval None |
||
| 6014 | */ |
||
| 6015 | void TIM_DMADelayPulseHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
| 6016 | { |
||
| 6017 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
||
| 6018 | |||
| 6019 | if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) |
||
| 6020 | { |
||
| 6021 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; |
||
| 6022 | } |
||
| 6023 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) |
||
| 6024 | { |
||
| 6025 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; |
||
| 6026 | } |
||
| 6027 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) |
||
| 6028 | { |
||
| 6029 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; |
||
| 6030 | } |
||
| 6031 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) |
||
| 6032 | { |
||
| 6033 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; |
||
| 6034 | } |
||
| 6035 | else |
||
| 6036 | { |
||
| 6037 | /* nothing to do */ |
||
| 6038 | } |
||
| 6039 | |||
| 6040 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 6041 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
| 6042 | #else |
||
| 6043 | HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
| 6044 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 6045 | |||
| 6046 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 6047 | } |
||
| 6048 | |||
| 6049 | /** |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6050 | * @brief TIM DMA Capture complete callback. |
| 28 | mjames | 6051 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
| 2 | mjames | 6052 | * @retval None |
| 6053 | */ |
||
| 6054 | void TIM_DMACaptureCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
| 6055 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6056 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
| 2 | mjames | 6057 | |
| 6058 | if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) |
||
| 6059 | { |
||
| 6060 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6061 | |
| 6062 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
||
| 6063 | { |
||
| 6064 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_1, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6065 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6066 | } |
| 6067 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) |
||
| 6068 | { |
||
| 6069 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6070 | |
| 6071 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
||
| 6072 | { |
||
| 6073 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_2, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6074 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6075 | } |
| 6076 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) |
||
| 6077 | { |
||
| 6078 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6079 | |
| 6080 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
||
| 6081 | { |
||
| 6082 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_3, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6083 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6084 | } |
| 6085 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) |
||
| 6086 | { |
||
| 6087 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6088 | |
| 6089 | if (hdma->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
||
| 6090 | { |
||
| 6091 | TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_SET(htim, TIM_CHANNEL_4, HAL_TIM_CHANNEL_STATE_READY); |
||
| 6092 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6093 | } |
| 28 | mjames | 6094 | else |
| 6095 | { |
||
| 6096 | /* nothing to do */ |
||
| 6097 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6098 | |
| 28 | mjames | 6099 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 6100 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
||
| 6101 | #else |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6102 | HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback(htim); |
| 28 | mjames | 6103 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 2 | mjames | 6104 | |
| 6105 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
||
| 6106 | } |
||
| 6107 | |||
| 6108 | /** |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6109 | * @brief TIM DMA Capture half complete callback. |
| 6110 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
||
| 6111 | * @retval None |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6112 | */ |
| 28 | mjames | 6113 | void TIM_DMACaptureHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
| 6114 | { |
||
| 6115 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6116 | |
| 28 | mjames | 6117 | if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC1]) |
| 6118 | { |
||
| 6119 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_1; |
||
| 6120 | } |
||
| 6121 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC2]) |
||
| 6122 | { |
||
| 6123 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_2; |
||
| 6124 | } |
||
| 6125 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC3]) |
||
| 6126 | { |
||
| 6127 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_3; |
||
| 6128 | } |
||
| 6129 | else if (hdma == htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_CC4]) |
||
| 6130 | { |
||
| 6131 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_4; |
||
| 6132 | } |
||
| 6133 | else |
||
| 6134 | { |
||
| 6135 | /* nothing to do */ |
||
| 6136 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6137 | |
| 28 | mjames | 6138 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 6139 | htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
| 6140 | #else |
||
| 6141 | HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
| 6142 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6143 | |
| 28 | mjames | 6144 | htim->Channel = HAL_TIM_ACTIVE_CHANNEL_CLEARED; |
| 6145 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6146 | |
| 6147 | /** |
||
| 6148 | * @brief TIM DMA Period Elapse complete callback. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6149 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
| 2 | mjames | 6150 | * @retval None |
| 6151 | */ |
||
| 6152 | static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
| 6153 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6154 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
| 2 | mjames | 6155 | |
| 28 | mjames | 6156 | if (htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_UPDATE]->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
| 6157 | { |
||
| 6158 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 6159 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6160 | |
| 28 | mjames | 6161 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 6162 | htim->PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); |
||
| 6163 | #else |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6164 | HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(htim); |
| 28 | mjames | 6165 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 2 | mjames | 6166 | } |
| 6167 | |||
| 6168 | /** |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6169 | * @brief TIM DMA Period Elapse half complete callback. |
| 6170 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
||
| 6171 | * @retval None |
||
| 6172 | */ |
||
| 6173 | static void TIM_DMAPeriodElapsedHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
| 6174 | { |
||
| 6175 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
||
| 6176 | |||
| 6177 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 6178 | htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
| 6179 | #else |
||
| 6180 | HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
| 6181 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 6182 | } |
||
| 6183 | |||
| 6184 | /** |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6185 | * @brief TIM DMA Trigger callback. |
| 28 | mjames | 6186 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
| 2 | mjames | 6187 | * @retval None |
| 6188 | */ |
||
| 6189 | static void TIM_DMATriggerCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
| 6190 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6191 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
| 2 | mjames | 6192 | |
| 28 | mjames | 6193 | if (htim->hdma[TIM_DMA_ID_TRIGGER]->Init.Mode == DMA_NORMAL) |
| 6194 | { |
||
| 6195 | htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY; |
||
| 6196 | } |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6197 | |
| 28 | mjames | 6198 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 6199 | htim->TriggerCallback(htim); |
||
| 6200 | #else |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6201 | HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback(htim); |
| 28 | mjames | 6202 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
| 2 | mjames | 6203 | } |
| 6204 | |||
| 6205 | /** |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6206 | * @brief TIM DMA Trigger half complete callback. |
| 6207 | * @param hdma pointer to DMA handle. |
||
| 6208 | * @retval None |
||
| 6209 | */ |
||
| 6210 | static void TIM_DMATriggerHalfCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma) |
||
| 6211 | { |
||
| 6212 | TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim = (TIM_HandleTypeDef *)((DMA_HandleTypeDef *)hdma)->Parent; |
||
| 6213 | |||
| 6214 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
||
| 6215 | htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
| 6216 | #else |
||
| 6217 | HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback(htim); |
||
| 6218 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 6219 | } |
||
| 6220 | |||
| 6221 | /** |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6222 | * @brief Time Base configuration |
| 28 | mjames | 6223 | * @param TIMx TIM peripheral |
| 6224 | * @param Structure TIM Base configuration structure |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6225 | * @retval None |
| 6226 | */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6227 | void TIM_Base_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_Base_InitTypeDef *Structure) |
| 2 | mjames | 6228 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 6229 | uint32_t tmpcr1; |
| 2 | mjames | 6230 | tmpcr1 = TIMx->CR1; |
| 6231 | |||
| 6232 | /* Set TIM Time Base Unit parameters ---------------------------------------*/ |
||
| 6233 | if (IS_TIM_COUNTER_MODE_SELECT_INSTANCE(TIMx)) |
||
| 6234 | { |
||
| 6235 | /* Select the Counter Mode */ |
||
| 6236 | tmpcr1 &= ~(TIM_CR1_DIR | TIM_CR1_CMS); |
||
| 6237 | tmpcr1 |= Structure->CounterMode; |
||
| 6238 | } |
||
| 6239 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 6240 | if (IS_TIM_CLOCK_DIVISION_INSTANCE(TIMx)) |
| 2 | mjames | 6241 | { |
| 6242 | /* Set the clock division */ |
||
| 6243 | tmpcr1 &= ~TIM_CR1_CKD; |
||
| 6244 | tmpcr1 |= (uint32_t)Structure->ClockDivision; |
||
| 6245 | } |
||
| 6246 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 6247 | /* Set the auto-reload preload */ |
| 6248 | MODIFY_REG(tmpcr1, TIM_CR1_ARPE, Structure->AutoReloadPreload); |
||
| 6249 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 6250 | TIMx->CR1 = tmpcr1; |
| 6251 | |||
| 6252 | /* Set the Autoreload value */ |
||
| 6253 | TIMx->ARR = (uint32_t)Structure->Period ; |
||
| 6254 | |||
| 6255 | /* Set the Prescaler value */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6256 | TIMx->PSC = Structure->Prescaler; |
| 2 | mjames | 6257 | |
| 28 | mjames | 6258 | /* Generate an update event to reload the Prescaler |
| 6259 | and the repetition counter (only for advanced timer) value immediately */ |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6260 | TIMx->EGR = TIM_EGR_UG; |
| 6261 | } |
||
| 6262 | |||
| 6263 | /** |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6264 | * @brief Timer Output Compare 1 configuration |
| 2 | mjames | 6265 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
| 28 | mjames | 6266 | * @param OC_Config The output configuration structure |
| 2 | mjames | 6267 | * @retval None |
| 6268 | */ |
||
| 6269 | static void TIM_OC1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) |
||
| 6270 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6271 | uint32_t tmpccmrx; |
| 6272 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 6273 | uint32_t tmpcr2; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6274 | |
| 28 | mjames | 6275 | /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ |
| 2 | mjames | 6276 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; |
| 6277 | |||
| 6278 | /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ |
||
| 6279 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 6280 | /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ |
||
| 6281 | tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; |
||
| 6282 | |||
| 6283 | /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ |
||
| 6284 | tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
| 6285 | |||
| 6286 | /* Reset the Output Compare Mode Bits */ |
||
| 6287 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC1M; |
||
| 6288 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; |
||
| 6289 | /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ |
||
| 6290 | tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode; |
||
| 6291 | |||
| 6292 | /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ |
||
| 6293 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1P; |
||
| 6294 | /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ |
||
| 6295 | tmpccer |= OC_Config->OCPolarity; |
||
| 6296 | |||
| 6297 | /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ |
||
| 6298 | TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; |
||
| 6299 | |||
| 6300 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ |
||
| 6301 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; |
||
| 6302 | |||
| 6303 | /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ |
||
| 6304 | TIMx->CCR1 = OC_Config->Pulse; |
||
| 6305 | |||
| 6306 | /* Write to TIMx CCER */ |
||
| 6307 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 6308 | } |
||
| 6309 | |||
| 6310 | /** |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6311 | * @brief Timer Output Compare 2 configuration |
| 2 | mjames | 6312 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
| 28 | mjames | 6313 | * @param OC_Config The output configuration structure |
| 2 | mjames | 6314 | * @retval None |
| 6315 | */ |
||
| 6316 | static void TIM_OC2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) |
||
| 6317 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6318 | uint32_t tmpccmrx; |
| 6319 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 6320 | uint32_t tmpcr2; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6321 | |
| 6322 | /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ |
||
| 6323 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; |
||
| 6324 | |||
| 6325 | /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ |
||
| 6326 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 6327 | /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ |
||
| 6328 | tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; |
||
| 6329 | |||
| 6330 | /* Get the TIMx CCMR1 register value */ |
||
| 6331 | tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
| 6332 | |||
| 6333 | /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ |
||
| 6334 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_OC2M; |
||
| 6335 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; |
||
| 6336 | |||
| 6337 | /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6338 | tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U); |
| 2 | mjames | 6339 | |
| 6340 | /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ |
||
| 6341 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2P; |
||
| 6342 | /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6343 | tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 4U); |
| 2 | mjames | 6344 | |
| 6345 | /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ |
||
| 6346 | TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; |
||
| 6347 | |||
| 6348 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 */ |
||
| 6349 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmrx; |
||
| 6350 | |||
| 6351 | /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ |
||
| 6352 | TIMx->CCR2 = OC_Config->Pulse; |
||
| 6353 | |||
| 6354 | /* Write to TIMx CCER */ |
||
| 6355 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 6356 | } |
||
| 6357 | |||
| 6358 | /** |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6359 | * @brief Timer Output Compare 3 configuration |
| 2 | mjames | 6360 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
| 28 | mjames | 6361 | * @param OC_Config The output configuration structure |
| 2 | mjames | 6362 | * @retval None |
| 6363 | */ |
||
| 6364 | static void TIM_OC3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) |
||
| 6365 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6366 | uint32_t tmpccmrx; |
| 6367 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 6368 | uint32_t tmpcr2; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6369 | |
| 6370 | /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC2E Bit */ |
||
| 6371 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E; |
||
| 6372 | |||
| 6373 | /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ |
||
| 6374 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 6375 | /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ |
||
| 6376 | tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; |
||
| 6377 | |||
| 6378 | /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ |
||
| 6379 | tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; |
||
| 6380 | |||
| 6381 | /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ |
||
| 6382 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC3M; |
||
| 6383 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; |
||
| 6384 | /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ |
||
| 6385 | tmpccmrx |= OC_Config->OCMode; |
||
| 6386 | |||
| 6387 | /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ |
||
| 6388 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3P; |
||
| 6389 | /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6390 | tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 8U); |
| 2 | mjames | 6391 | |
| 6392 | /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ |
||
| 6393 | TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; |
||
| 6394 | |||
| 6395 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ |
||
| 6396 | TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; |
||
| 6397 | |||
| 6398 | /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ |
||
| 6399 | TIMx->CCR3 = OC_Config->Pulse; |
||
| 6400 | |||
| 6401 | /* Write to TIMx CCER */ |
||
| 6402 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 6403 | } |
||
| 6404 | |||
| 6405 | /** |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6406 | * @brief Timer Output Compare 4 configuration |
| 2 | mjames | 6407 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
| 28 | mjames | 6408 | * @param OC_Config The output configuration structure |
| 2 | mjames | 6409 | * @retval None |
| 6410 | */ |
||
| 6411 | static void TIM_OC4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, TIM_OC_InitTypeDef *OC_Config) |
||
| 6412 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6413 | uint32_t tmpccmrx; |
| 6414 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 6415 | uint32_t tmpcr2; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6416 | |
| 6417 | /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ |
||
| 6418 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E; |
||
| 6419 | |||
| 6420 | /* Get the TIMx CCER register value */ |
||
| 6421 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 6422 | /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */ |
||
| 6423 | tmpcr2 = TIMx->CR2; |
||
| 6424 | |||
| 6425 | /* Get the TIMx CCMR2 register value */ |
||
| 6426 | tmpccmrx = TIMx->CCMR2; |
||
| 6427 | |||
| 6428 | /* Reset the Output Compare mode and Capture/Compare selection Bits */ |
||
| 6429 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_OC4M; |
||
| 6430 | tmpccmrx &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; |
||
| 6431 | |||
| 6432 | /* Select the Output Compare Mode */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6433 | tmpccmrx |= (OC_Config->OCMode << 8U); |
| 2 | mjames | 6434 | |
| 6435 | /* Reset the Output Polarity level */ |
||
| 6436 | tmpccer &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4P; |
||
| 6437 | /* Set the Output Compare Polarity */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6438 | tmpccer |= (OC_Config->OCPolarity << 12U); |
| 2 | mjames | 6439 | |
| 6440 | /* Write to TIMx CR2 */ |
||
| 6441 | TIMx->CR2 = tmpcr2; |
||
| 6442 | |||
| 6443 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 */ |
||
| 6444 | TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmrx; |
||
| 6445 | |||
| 6446 | /* Set the Capture Compare Register value */ |
||
| 6447 | TIMx->CCR4 = OC_Config->Pulse; |
||
| 6448 | |||
| 6449 | /* Write to TIMx CCER */ |
||
| 6450 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 6451 | } |
||
| 6452 | |||
| 6453 | /** |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6454 | * @brief Slave Timer configuration function |
| 6455 | * @param htim TIM handle |
||
| 6456 | * @param sSlaveConfig Slave timer configuration |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6457 | * @retval None |
| 6458 | */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6459 | static HAL_StatusTypeDef TIM_SlaveTimer_SetConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, |
| 6460 | TIM_SlaveConfigTypeDef *sSlaveConfig) |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6461 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 6462 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 6463 | uint32_t tmpccmr1; |
||
| 6464 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6465 | |
| 28 | mjames | 6466 | /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ |
| 2 | mjames | 6467 | tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR; |
| 6468 | |||
| 6469 | /* Reset the Trigger Selection Bits */ |
||
| 6470 | tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; |
||
| 6471 | /* Set the Input Trigger source */ |
||
| 6472 | tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger; |
||
| 6473 | |||
| 6474 | /* Reset the slave mode Bits */ |
||
| 6475 | tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_SMS; |
||
| 6476 | /* Set the slave mode */ |
||
| 6477 | tmpsmcr |= sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode; |
||
| 6478 | |||
| 6479 | /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ |
||
| 6480 | htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6481 | |
| 2 | mjames | 6482 | /* Configure the trigger prescaler, filter, and polarity */ |
| 6483 | switch (sSlaveConfig->InputTrigger) |
||
| 6484 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6485 | case TIM_TS_ETRF: |
| 2 | mjames | 6486 | { |
| 6487 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 6488 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CLOCKSOURCE_ETRMODE1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 6489 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPRESCALER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler)); |
||
| 6490 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); |
||
| 6491 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); |
||
| 6492 | /* Configure the ETR Trigger source */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6493 | TIM_ETR_SetConfig(htim->Instance, |
| 6494 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerPrescaler, |
||
| 6495 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6496 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); |
| 28 | mjames | 6497 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 6498 | } |
| 28 | mjames | 6499 | |
| 6500 | case TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6501 | { |
| 6502 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 6503 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 6504 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6505 | |
| 6506 | if (sSlaveConfig->SlaveMode == TIM_SLAVEMODE_GATED) |
||
| 6507 | { |
||
| 6508 | return HAL_ERROR; |
||
| 6509 | } |
||
| 6510 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 6511 | /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ |
| 6512 | tmpccer = htim->Instance->CCER; |
||
| 6513 | htim->Instance->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6514 | tmpccmr1 = htim->Instance->CCMR1; |
| 6515 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 6516 | /* Set the filter */ |
| 6517 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6518 | tmpccmr1 |= ((sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter) << 4U); |
| 6519 | |||
| 2 | mjames | 6520 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ |
| 6521 | htim->Instance->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6522 | htim->Instance->CCER = tmpccer; |
| 6523 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6524 | } |
| 28 | mjames | 6525 | |
| 6526 | case TIM_TS_TI1FP1: |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6527 | { |
| 6528 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 6529 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 6530 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); |
||
| 6531 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); |
||
| 6532 | |||
| 6533 | /* Configure TI1 Filter and Polarity */ |
||
| 6534 | TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, |
||
| 6535 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, |
||
| 6536 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6537 | break; |
| 2 | mjames | 6538 | } |
| 28 | mjames | 6539 | |
| 6540 | case TIM_TS_TI2FP2: |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6541 | { |
| 6542 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 6543 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 6544 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERPOLARITY(sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity)); |
||
| 6545 | assert_param(IS_TIM_TRIGGERFILTER(sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter)); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6546 | |
| 2 | mjames | 6547 | /* Configure TI2 Filter and Polarity */ |
| 6548 | TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(htim->Instance, |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6549 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerPolarity, |
| 6550 | sSlaveConfig->TriggerFilter); |
||
| 6551 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6552 | } |
| 28 | mjames | 6553 | |
| 6554 | case TIM_TS_ITR0: |
||
| 6555 | case TIM_TS_ITR1: |
||
| 6556 | case TIM_TS_ITR2: |
||
| 6557 | case TIM_TS_ITR3: |
||
| 6558 | { |
||
| 6559 | /* Check the parameter */ |
||
| 6560 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(htim->Instance)); |
||
| 6561 | break; |
||
| 6562 | } |
||
| 6563 | |||
| 6564 | default: |
||
| 6565 | break; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6566 | } |
| 28 | mjames | 6567 | return HAL_OK; |
| 2 | mjames | 6568 | } |
| 6569 | |||
| 6570 | /** |
||
| 6571 | * @brief Configure the TI1 as Input. |
||
| 6572 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6573 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. |
| 2 | mjames | 6574 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 6575 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
||
| 6576 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
| 6577 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6578 | * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used. |
| 2 | mjames | 6579 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 28 | mjames | 6580 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC1. |
| 6581 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to IC2. |
||
| 6582 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 1 is selected to be connected to TRC. |
||
| 6583 | * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6584 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
| 6585 | * @retval None |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6586 | * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI2FP1 |
| 6587 | * (on channel2 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6588 | * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. |
| 6589 | */ |
||
| 6590 | static void TIM_TI1_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6591 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
| 2 | mjames | 6592 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 6593 | uint32_t tmpccmr1; |
| 6594 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6595 | |
| 6596 | /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ |
||
| 6597 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; |
||
| 6598 | tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
| 6599 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 6600 | |||
| 6601 | /* Select the Input */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6602 | if (IS_TIM_CC2_INSTANCE(TIMx) != RESET) |
| 2 | mjames | 6603 | { |
| 6604 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC1S; |
||
| 6605 | tmpccmr1 |= TIM_ICSelection; |
||
| 6606 | } |
||
| 6607 | else |
||
| 6608 | { |
||
| 6609 | tmpccmr1 |= TIM_CCMR1_CC1S_0; |
||
| 6610 | } |
||
| 6611 | |||
| 6612 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
| 6613 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6614 | tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC1F); |
| 2 | mjames | 6615 | |
| 6616 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ |
||
| 6617 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); |
||
| 6618 | tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity & (TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP)); |
||
| 6619 | |||
| 6620 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ |
||
| 6621 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; |
||
| 6622 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 6623 | } |
||
| 6624 | |||
| 6625 | /** |
||
| 6626 | * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI1. |
||
| 6627 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6628 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. |
| 2 | mjames | 6629 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 28 | mjames | 6630 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
| 6631 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
| 6632 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE |
||
| 6633 | * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6634 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
| 6635 | * @retval None |
||
| 6636 | */ |
||
| 6637 | static void TIM_TI1_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
||
| 6638 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6639 | uint32_t tmpccmr1; |
| 6640 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6641 | |
| 6642 | /* Disable the Channel 1: Reset the CC1E Bit */ |
||
| 6643 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 6644 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC1E; |
||
| 6645 | tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
| 6646 | |||
| 6647 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
| 6648 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC1F; |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6649 | tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 4U); |
| 2 | mjames | 6650 | |
| 6651 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC1E Bit */ |
||
| 6652 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC1P | TIM_CCER_CC1NP); |
||
| 6653 | tmpccer |= TIM_ICPolarity; |
||
| 6654 | |||
| 6655 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ |
||
| 6656 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1; |
||
| 6657 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 6658 | } |
||
| 6659 | |||
| 6660 | /** |
||
| 6661 | * @brief Configure the TI2 as Input. |
||
| 6662 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6663 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. |
| 2 | mjames | 6664 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 28 | mjames | 6665 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
| 6666 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
| 6667 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE |
||
| 6668 | * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used. |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6669 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 28 | mjames | 6670 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC2. |
| 2 | mjames | 6671 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to IC1. |
| 28 | mjames | 6672 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 2 is selected to be connected to TRC. |
| 6673 | * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6674 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
| 6675 | * @retval None |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6676 | * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI1FP2 |
| 6677 | * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR1 must be |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6678 | * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. |
| 6679 | */ |
||
| 6680 | static void TIM_TI2_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6681 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
| 2 | mjames | 6682 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 6683 | uint32_t tmpccmr1; |
| 6684 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6685 | |
| 6686 | /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ |
||
| 6687 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; |
||
| 6688 | tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
| 6689 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 6690 | |||
| 6691 | /* Select the Input */ |
||
| 6692 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_CC2S; |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6693 | tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U); |
| 2 | mjames | 6694 | |
| 6695 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
| 6696 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F; |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6697 | tmpccmr1 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR1_IC2F); |
| 2 | mjames | 6698 | |
| 6699 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ |
||
| 6700 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6701 | tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 4U) & (TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP)); |
| 2 | mjames | 6702 | |
| 6703 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ |
||
| 6704 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; |
||
| 6705 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 6706 | } |
||
| 6707 | |||
| 6708 | /** |
||
| 6709 | * @brief Configure the Polarity and Filter for TI2. |
||
| 6710 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6711 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. |
| 2 | mjames | 6712 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 28 | mjames | 6713 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
| 6714 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6715 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE |
| 28 | mjames | 6716 | * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
| 2 | mjames | 6717 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
| 6718 | * @retval None |
||
| 6719 | */ |
||
| 6720 | static void TIM_TI2_ConfigInputStage(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
||
| 6721 | { |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6722 | uint32_t tmpccmr1; |
| 6723 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6724 | |
| 6725 | /* Disable the Channel 2: Reset the CC2E Bit */ |
||
| 6726 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC2E; |
||
| 6727 | tmpccmr1 = TIMx->CCMR1; |
||
| 6728 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 6729 | |||
| 6730 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
| 6731 | tmpccmr1 &= ~TIM_CCMR1_IC2F; |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6732 | tmpccmr1 |= (TIM_ICFilter << 12U); |
| 2 | mjames | 6733 | |
| 6734 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC2E Bit */ |
||
| 6735 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC2P | TIM_CCER_CC2NP); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6736 | tmpccer |= (TIM_ICPolarity << 4U); |
| 2 | mjames | 6737 | |
| 6738 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR1 and CCER registers */ |
||
| 6739 | TIMx->CCMR1 = tmpccmr1 ; |
||
| 6740 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 6741 | } |
||
| 6742 | |||
| 6743 | /** |
||
| 6744 | * @brief Configure the TI3 as Input. |
||
| 6745 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6746 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. |
| 2 | mjames | 6747 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 28 | mjames | 6748 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
| 6749 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6750 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE |
| 28 | mjames | 6751 | * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used. |
| 2 | mjames | 6752 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 28 | mjames | 6753 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC3. |
| 2 | mjames | 6754 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to IC4. |
| 28 | mjames | 6755 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 3 is selected to be connected to TRC. |
| 6756 | * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6757 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
| 6758 | * @retval None |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6759 | * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI3FP4 |
| 6760 | * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6761 | * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. |
| 6762 | */ |
||
| 6763 | static void TIM_TI3_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6764 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
| 2 | mjames | 6765 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 6766 | uint32_t tmpccmr2; |
| 6767 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6768 | |
| 6769 | /* Disable the Channel 3: Reset the CC3E Bit */ |
||
| 6770 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC3E; |
||
| 6771 | tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; |
||
| 6772 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 6773 | |||
| 6774 | /* Select the Input */ |
||
| 6775 | tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC3S; |
||
| 6776 | tmpccmr2 |= TIM_ICSelection; |
||
| 6777 | |||
| 6778 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
| 6779 | tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC3F; |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6780 | tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 4U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC3F); |
| 2 | mjames | 6781 | |
| 6782 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC3E Bit */ |
||
| 6783 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6784 | tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 8U) & (TIM_CCER_CC3P | TIM_CCER_CC3NP)); |
| 2 | mjames | 6785 | |
| 6786 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ |
||
| 6787 | TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; |
||
| 6788 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer; |
||
| 6789 | } |
||
| 6790 | |||
| 6791 | /** |
||
| 6792 | * @brief Configure the TI4 as Input. |
||
| 6793 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6794 | * @param TIM_ICPolarity The Input Polarity. |
| 2 | mjames | 6795 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 28 | mjames | 6796 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_RISING |
| 6797 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_FALLING |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6798 | * @arg TIM_ICPOLARITY_BOTHEDGE |
| 28 | mjames | 6799 | * @param TIM_ICSelection specifies the input to be used. |
| 2 | mjames | 6800 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 28 | mjames | 6801 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_DIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC4. |
| 2 | mjames | 6802 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_INDIRECTTI: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to IC3. |
| 28 | mjames | 6803 | * @arg TIM_ICSELECTION_TRC: TIM Input 4 is selected to be connected to TRC. |
| 6804 | * @param TIM_ICFilter Specifies the Input Capture Filter. |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6805 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F. |
| 28 | mjames | 6806 | * @note TIM_ICFilter and TIM_ICPolarity are not used in INDIRECT mode as TI4FP3 |
| 6807 | * (on channel1 path) is used as the input signal. Therefore CCMR2 must be |
||
| 6808 | * protected against un-initialized filter and polarity values. |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6809 | * @retval None |
| 6810 | */ |
||
| 6811 | static void TIM_TI4_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ICPolarity, uint32_t TIM_ICSelection, |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6812 | uint32_t TIM_ICFilter) |
| 2 | mjames | 6813 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 6814 | uint32_t tmpccmr2; |
| 6815 | uint32_t tmpccer; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6816 | |
| 6817 | /* Disable the Channel 4: Reset the CC4E Bit */ |
||
| 6818 | TIMx->CCER &= ~TIM_CCER_CC4E; |
||
| 6819 | tmpccmr2 = TIMx->CCMR2; |
||
| 6820 | tmpccer = TIMx->CCER; |
||
| 6821 | |||
| 6822 | /* Select the Input */ |
||
| 6823 | tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_CC4S; |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6824 | tmpccmr2 |= (TIM_ICSelection << 8U); |
| 2 | mjames | 6825 | |
| 6826 | /* Set the filter */ |
||
| 6827 | tmpccmr2 &= ~TIM_CCMR2_IC4F; |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6828 | tmpccmr2 |= ((TIM_ICFilter << 12U) & TIM_CCMR2_IC4F); |
| 2 | mjames | 6829 | |
| 6830 | /* Select the Polarity and set the CC4E Bit */ |
||
| 6831 | tmpccer &= ~(TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP); |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6832 | tmpccer |= ((TIM_ICPolarity << 12U) & (TIM_CCER_CC4P | TIM_CCER_CC4NP)); |
| 2 | mjames | 6833 | |
| 6834 | /* Write to TIMx CCMR2 and CCER registers */ |
||
| 6835 | TIMx->CCMR2 = tmpccmr2; |
||
| 6836 | TIMx->CCER = tmpccer ; |
||
| 6837 | } |
||
| 6838 | |||
| 6839 | /** |
||
| 6840 | * @brief Selects the Input Trigger source |
||
| 6841 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6842 | * @param InputTriggerSource The Input Trigger source. |
| 2 | mjames | 6843 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 6844 | * @arg TIM_TS_ITR0: Internal Trigger 0 |
||
| 6845 | * @arg TIM_TS_ITR1: Internal Trigger 1 |
||
| 6846 | * @arg TIM_TS_ITR2: Internal Trigger 2 |
||
| 6847 | * @arg TIM_TS_ITR3: Internal Trigger 3 |
||
| 6848 | * @arg TIM_TS_TI1F_ED: TI1 Edge Detector |
||
| 6849 | * @arg TIM_TS_TI1FP1: Filtered Timer Input 1 |
||
| 6850 | * @arg TIM_TS_TI2FP2: Filtered Timer Input 2 |
||
| 6851 | * @arg TIM_TS_ETRF: External Trigger input |
||
| 6852 | * @retval None |
||
| 6853 | */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6854 | static void TIM_ITRx_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t InputTriggerSource) |
| 2 | mjames | 6855 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 6856 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 2 | mjames | 6857 | |
| 28 | mjames | 6858 | /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */ |
| 6859 | tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; |
||
| 6860 | /* Reset the TS Bits */ |
||
| 6861 | tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_TS; |
||
| 6862 | /* Set the Input Trigger source and the slave mode*/ |
||
| 6863 | tmpsmcr |= (InputTriggerSource | TIM_SLAVEMODE_EXTERNAL1); |
||
| 6864 | /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ |
||
| 6865 | TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6866 | } |
| 6867 | /** |
||
| 6868 | * @brief Configures the TIMx External Trigger (ETR). |
||
| 6869 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6870 | * @param TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler The external Trigger Prescaler. |
| 2 | mjames | 6871 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 6872 | * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV1: ETRP Prescaler OFF. |
||
| 6873 | * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV2: ETRP frequency divided by 2. |
||
| 6874 | * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV4: ETRP frequency divided by 4. |
||
| 6875 | * @arg TIM_ETRPRESCALER_DIV8: ETRP frequency divided by 8. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6876 | * @param TIM_ExtTRGPolarity The external Trigger Polarity. |
| 2 | mjames | 6877 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 6878 | * @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_INVERTED: active low or falling edge active. |
||
| 6879 | * @arg TIM_ETRPOLARITY_NONINVERTED: active high or rising edge active. |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6880 | * @param ExtTRGFilter External Trigger Filter. |
| 2 | mjames | 6881 | * This parameter must be a value between 0x00 and 0x0F |
| 6882 | * @retval None |
||
| 6883 | */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6884 | static void TIM_ETR_SetConfig(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler, |
| 6885 | uint32_t TIM_ExtTRGPolarity, uint32_t ExtTRGFilter) |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6886 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 6887 | uint32_t tmpsmcr; |
| 2 | mjames | 6888 | |
| 6889 | tmpsmcr = TIMx->SMCR; |
||
| 6890 | |||
| 6891 | /* Reset the ETR Bits */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6892 | tmpsmcr &= ~(TIM_SMCR_ETF | TIM_SMCR_ETPS | TIM_SMCR_ECE | TIM_SMCR_ETP); |
| 2 | mjames | 6893 | |
| 6894 | /* Set the Prescaler, the Filter value and the Polarity */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6895 | tmpsmcr |= (uint32_t)(TIM_ExtTRGPrescaler | (TIM_ExtTRGPolarity | (ExtTRGFilter << 8U))); |
| 2 | mjames | 6896 | |
| 6897 | /* Write to TIMx SMCR */ |
||
| 6898 | TIMx->SMCR = tmpsmcr; |
||
| 6899 | } |
||
| 6900 | |||
| 6901 | /** |
||
| 6902 | * @brief Enables or disables the TIM Capture Compare Channel x. |
||
| 6903 | * @param TIMx to select the TIM peripheral |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6904 | * @param Channel specifies the TIM Channel |
| 2 | mjames | 6905 | * This parameter can be one of the following values: |
| 6906 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_1: TIM Channel 1 |
||
| 6907 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_2: TIM Channel 2 |
||
| 6908 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_3: TIM Channel 3 |
||
| 6909 | * @arg TIM_CHANNEL_4: TIM Channel 4 |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6910 | * @param ChannelState specifies the TIM Channel CCxE bit new state. |
| 6911 | * This parameter can be: TIM_CCx_ENABLE or TIM_CCx_DISABLE. |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6912 | * @retval None |
| 6913 | */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6914 | static void TIM_CCxChannelCmd(TIM_TypeDef *TIMx, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t ChannelState) |
| 2 | mjames | 6915 | { |
| 28 | mjames | 6916 | uint32_t tmp; |
| 2 | mjames | 6917 | |
| 6918 | /* Check the parameters */ |
||
| 6919 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CC1_INSTANCE(TIMx)); |
||
| 6920 | assert_param(IS_TIM_CHANNELS(Channel)); |
||
| 6921 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 6922 | tmp = TIM_CCER_CC1E << (Channel & 0x1FU); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */ |
| 2 | mjames | 6923 | |
| 6924 | /* Reset the CCxE Bit */ |
||
| 6925 | TIMx->CCER &= ~tmp; |
||
| 6926 | |||
| 6927 | /* Set or reset the CCxE Bit */ |
||
| 28 | mjames | 6928 | TIMx->CCER |= (uint32_t)(ChannelState << (Channel & 0x1FU)); /* 0x1FU = 31 bits max shift */ |
| 2 | mjames | 6929 | } |
| 6930 | |||
| 28 | mjames | 6931 | #if (USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1) |
| 2 | mjames | 6932 | /** |
| 28 | mjames | 6933 | * @brief Reset interrupt callbacks to the legacy weak callbacks. |
| 6934 | * @param htim pointer to a TIM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains |
||
| 6935 | * the configuration information for TIM module. |
||
| 6936 | * @retval None |
||
| 6937 | */ |
||
| 6938 | void TIM_ResetCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim) |
||
| 6939 | { |
||
| 6940 | /* Reset the TIM callback to the legacy weak callbacks */ |
||
| 6941 | htim->PeriodElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback; /* Legacy weak PeriodElapsedCallback */ |
||
| 6942 | htim->PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak PeriodElapsedHalfCpltCallback */ |
||
| 6943 | htim->TriggerCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerCallback; /* Legacy weak TriggerCallback */ |
||
| 6944 | htim->TriggerHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_TriggerHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak TriggerHalfCpltCallback */ |
||
| 6945 | htim->IC_CaptureCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureCallback; /* Legacy weak IC_CaptureCallback */ |
||
| 6946 | htim->IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak IC_CaptureHalfCpltCallback */ |
||
| 6947 | htim->OC_DelayElapsedCallback = HAL_TIM_OC_DelayElapsedCallback; /* Legacy weak OC_DelayElapsedCallback */ |
||
| 6948 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedCallback; /* Legacy weak PWM_PulseFinishedCallback */ |
||
| 6949 | htim->PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback = HAL_TIM_PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback; /* Legacy weak PWM_PulseFinishedHalfCpltCallback */ |
||
| 6950 | htim->ErrorCallback = HAL_TIM_ErrorCallback; /* Legacy weak ErrorCallback */ |
||
| 6951 | } |
||
| 6952 | #endif /* USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */ |
||
| 6953 | |||
| 6954 | /** |
||
| 2 | mjames | 6955 | * @} |
| 6956 | */ |
||
| 6957 | |||
| 6958 | #endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */ |
||
| 6959 | /** |
||
| 6960 | * @} |
||
| 6961 | */ |
||
| 6962 | |||
| 6963 | /** |
||
| 6964 | * @} |
||
| 6965 | */ |
||
| 6966 | /************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/ |